2o ANO
O N I S N E O
M ÉnaDldoIGomeso
a | Ro agda Vellos g a r B nia |M es | Ju rcos Racilan z e n e Vera M arneiro | Ma C Marisa
ALIVE_HIGH_2_PNLD2018_CAPA_INSCRICAO.indd 1
5/12/16 7:51 PM
Vera Menezes • Mestre em Inglês pela Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais (UFMG). • Doutora em Linguística e Filologia pela Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro (UFRJ). • Professora Titular de Linguística Aplicada na UFMG.
Junia Braga • Mestre em Linguística Aplicada pela UFMG. • Doutora em Linguística Aplicada pela UFMG. • Professora de Língua Inglesa da UFMG.
Ronaldo Gomes • Mestre em Estudos Linguísticos, área de concentração Linguística Aplicada pela UFMG. • Doutor em Estudos Linguísticos, área de concentração Linguística Aplicada pela Faculdade de Letras da UFMG. • Professor de Língua Inglesa da UFMG.
2o ANO
Marisa Carneiro
ENSINO
MÉDIO
• Mestre em Linguística Aplicada pela Faculdade de Letras da UFMG. • Doutora em Estudos Linguísticos, área de concentração Linguística Teórica e Descritiva pela Faculdade de Letras da UFMG. • Professora de Língua Inglesa no Ensino Superior.
Marcos Racilan • Mestre em Linguística Aplicada pela Faculdade de Letras da UFMG. • Professor de Língua Inglesa do Centro Federal de Educação Tecnológica de Minas Gerais (Cefet-MG).
Magda Velloso • Mestre em Inglês pela Faculdade de Letras da UFMG. • Doutora em Letras: Estudos Literários, área de concentração Literatura Comparada pela UFMG. • Professora aposentada de Língua Inglesa na UFMG. • Professora aposentada de Língua Inglesa e de Literatura de Língua Inglesa na Universidade Federal de São João del-Rei (UFSJ).
2a edição São Paulo 2016
ALIVE_HIGH_2_PNLD2018_FRONTIS.indd 1
5/19/16 5:54 PM
Alive High – 2 © Edições SM Ltda. Todos os direitos reservados
Direção editorial Juliane Matsubara Barroso Gerência editorial Roberta Lombardi Martins Gerência de design e produção Marisa Iniesta Martin
Edição executiva Ana Luiza Couto Edição: João Cavalheiro Valentin Jr., Mariana de Lima Albertini Colaboração técnico-pedagógica: Robert Caudle Garner Coordenação de controle editorial Flavia Casellato Suporte editorial: Alzira Bertholim, Camila Cunha, Giselle Marangon, Mônica Rocha, Talita Vieira, Silvana Siqueira, Fernanda D’Angelo Coordenação de revisão Cláudia Rodrigues do Espírito Santo Preparação e revisão: Angélica Lau P. Soares, Luciana Chagas, Rosinei Aparecida Rodrigues Araujo,Taciana Vaz, Marco Aurélio Feltran (apoio de equipe) Coordenação de design Rafael Vianna Leal Design: Leika Yatsunami, Tiago Stéfano Coordenação de arte Ulisses Pires Edição executiva de arte: Melissa Steiner Edição de arte: Bernard Fuzetti Diagramação: Gabriela Rodrigues Coordenação de iconografia Josiane Laurentino Pesquisa iconográfica: Bianca Fanelli, Susan Eiko Tratamento de imagem: Marcelo Casaro Capa Tiago Stéfano, Rafael Vianna Leal Imagem de capa Henrik Sorensen/Getty Images Projeto gráfico Marcelo Rainho, Tiago Stéfano Editoração eletrônica Fajardo Ranzini Design Gráfico Ilustrações Attílio, Psonha, Estúdio Mil, Catarina Bessell Fabricação Alexander Maeda Impressão
Dados Internacionais de Catalogação na Publicação (CIP) (Câmara Brasileira do Livro, SP, Brasil) Menezes, Vera Alive high : inglês, 2° ano : ensino médio / Vera Menezes ... [et al.] ; – 2. ed. – São Paulo : Edições SM, 2016. – (Alive high) “Língua estrangeira moderna.” Outros autores: Junia Braga, Ronaldo Gomes, Marisa Carneiro, Marcos Racilan, Magda Velloso Suplementado pelo manual do professor. Bibliografia. ISBN 978-85-418-1396-9 (aluno) ISBN 978-85-418-1397-6 (professor) 1. Inglês (Ensino médio) I. Menezes, Vera. II. Braga, Junia. III. Gomes, Ronaldo. IV. Carneiro, Marisa. V. Racilan, Marcos. VI. Velloso, Magda. VII. Série. 16-02744
CDD-420.7
Índices para catálogo sistemático: 1. Inglês : Ensino médio 420.7 2ª edição, 2016
Edições SM Ltda. Rua Tenente Lycurgo Lopes da Cruz, 55 Água Branca 05036-120 São Paulo SP Brasil Tel. 11 2111-7400 [emailprotected] www.edicoessm.com.br
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CREDITOS_001A002.indd 1
5/23/16 10:41 AM
APRESENTAÇÃO Caro aluno, Este livro foi escrito para você, jovem do século XXI, que quer aprender inglês e usar tecnologias de interação e comunicação para agir no mundo. Ao elaborá-lo, escolhemos textos adequados à sua idade e planejamos atividades variadas que proporcionam experiências diversas com o uso da língua inglesa. Com este livro, você terá oportunidade de rever o que já aprendeu e será desafiado a aprender outros usos da língua, essenciais ao desenvolvimento de suas habilidades orais e escritas em inglês. Além disso, você vai escutar as canções que integram o CD e ouvir e ler textos sobre assuntos variados e interessantes. Terá oportunidade de refletir sobre experiências individuais e sociais e, assim, se sentirá motivado a exercer sua cidadania nos contextos local e global. Você vai escrever textos variados e será incentivado a compartilhar sua produção com outros leitores. Terá ainda a oportunidade de entrar em contato com algumas obras da literatura em língua inglesa, conhecendo um pouco da cultura em que elas foram produzidas. Por meio da literatura, você poderá observar semelhanças e diferenças em relação à nossa cultura. Enfim, você não vai apenas aprender inglês. Vai ampliar seu conhecimento sobre temas diversos e aprender, também, a usar várias ferramentas digitais para publicar seus textos na internet e interagir com usuários da língua inglesa ao redor do mundo. Com esta coleção, realizamos nosso sonho de oferecer aos estudantes brasileiros um material de alta qualidade que valoriza a capacidade dos jovens de aprender uma língua estrangeira. Acreditamos que você vai se divertir e aprender muito com o conteúdo deste livro e dos outros volumes da coleção. Os autores
3 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 3
5/24/16 5:34 PM
Conheça seu livro Seu livro é composto de quatro partes, cada uma delas com duas unidades. As unidades são bastante diversificadas e estão divididas em seções. Conhecer os conteúdos e objetivos de cada uma delas o ajudará a utilizá-las de maneira mais participativa e eficaz.
LEt’S rEaD!
Before you read…
1SOCIAL NETWORKS a) What b) What
PART
1.
Year Project - My Portfolio
does the image tell us about this article? kinds of devices are being shown? Abertura das Parts
LEARNING PLAN
os conteúdos das duas unidades que compõem cada parte. No Learning plan, você poderá ver os conteúdos que serão desenvolvidos nas duas unidades. Em cada abertura são também apresentadas Too Muchferramentas Temptation digitais gratuitas que vão January 23, 2012 ajudá-lo em seu letramento digital. It Was Hard For These Teens To Give Up Facebook, A Youtube abertura da Part 1 traz também YouTube, texting, TV. orientações It’s sometimessobre o projeto a ser desenvolvido durante o ano. so overwhelming that it can be hard to 11
What is a portfolio?
Reading and making infographics
It is a collection of activities developed as school work.
Talking about things that are always true and things that happen regularly
Steps
Talking about things happening around now and actions in process
1. Collect: You can collect your drafts and finished works on a computer, in a folder, or in a box.
Em páginas duplas, tem como objetivo
Read the headline and the strapline. Who is the article addressed ativar seu conhecimento prévio sobre to?
Making posters Hero Images/Getty Images
Making recommendations and warnings, giving orders and instructions Talking about safety on the Web
A wiki is a space on the Web where you can share works and ideas, pictures and links, videos and media. (Available at . Accessed on April 7, 2016.)
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 4:31 PM
focus on homework. So we challenged teens to do their homework without distractions for three days. They were allowed to take breaks to do things like check their Facebook, go on LEt’S rEaD! YouTube, talk to their friends or watch TV, but they couldn’t do those things while doing their homework. 1.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 11
5/22/16 4:10 PM
LEAD-IN 1.
a) Agriculture & Gardening
f) Computer Games
k) Humor
b) Art, Literature & Music
g) Design, Architecture & Construction
l) Lifestyle
c) Business & Finance d) Cars & Motorbikes
h) Education
n) Sports & Hobbies
e) Current Affairs, Culture & Politics
i) Fashion
o) Travel
does the image tell us about this article? b) What kinds of devices are being shown?
Preste atenção nas informações não verbais antes de ler o texto.
Photo by Elizabeth Vidar, 17, North Hollywood HS Zoo Magnet.
Read the headline and the strapline. Who is the article addressed to?
p) Youth Issues
Too Much Temptation Adapted from . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
2.
Think of other magazines you know. Do they fit in any of the categories of exercise 1? If not, what other categories do they fit in?
3.
Do you read magazines (both in print and online)? What kinds of magazines do you like reading? Are Afro-Brazilians and Indigenous people well represented? Give examples.
4.
Read cover 1 and answer the following questions in your notebook. a) Does the girl in the cover represent the girls you know? b) Which elements on this cover convey the idea of happiness and perfection? c) What can we expect to find in the news “Crash Course”?
5.
a) What
m) Science, Geography & History
j) Health & Medical
HINT
Before you read…
Look at the magazine covers on the previous page. Which category do they fit in? There are 11 extra categories. Use your notebook to write down the answers.
Read the text with cover 1. Which statements below are true? Answer it in your notebook.
January 23, 2012
It Was Hard For These Teens To Give Up Facebook, Youtube
YouTube, texting, TV. It’s sometimes so overwhelming that it can be hard to focus on homework. So we challenged teens to do their homework without distractions for three days. They were allowed to take breaks to do things like check their Facebook, go on YouTube, talk to their friends or watch TV, but they couldn’t do those things while doing their homework.
Marine's/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 10
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
3. Publish: You can publish the final versions on your wiki. If you don’t have your own wiki, you can create one at Wikispaces or you can join an existing group.
What is a “wiki?”
a) The title indicates that there is a good level of ethnic diversity on magazine covers. b) The words in orange represent the key words of the text.
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
Illustration: Catarina Bessell/ID/BR Photographs: Rawpixel Ltd/iStock/Getty Images
simonkr/Getty Images
2. Reflect: Select the best version of each work and write a presentation with your opinion about it.
Photo by Elizabeth Vidar, 17, North Hollywood HS Zoo Magnet.
L.A. Youth is an online newspaper “by and about teens,” according to its editor. It publishes first-hand accounts of teens’ experiences with college stress and personal troubles like racial identity, broken families, teen pregnancy, and drug addiction, among other issues.
Adapted from . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
e) Only one magazine included women of color on its cover.
By Jazmine Mendoza 16, Valley Regional HS #5 (San Fernando) Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
d) The results of the research surprised the author of the text.
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
c) The study investigated the covers of 16 magazines during one year.
f) The author of the text does not identify herself with the girls on the cover.
6.
Read the following headlines and decide which category of magazine they were probably taken from. Then write down the answers in your notebook. a) Airlines
Are Swimming in Profits Thanks to Cheap Fuel, High Fees Ends Ban on Blood Donation by Gay Men
I was confident the first day. I left my computer and phone on because I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby. I felt more focused because I wasn’t thinking about checking my Facebook every five minutes. I spent only three hours doing homework instead of the six to seven hours I usually take. I even had time to read for pleasure before going to bed. The following day at school I felt better prepared because without distractions, I had fully understood the homework.
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
c)
The Rise of the "Gaming for Good" Movement
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 93
4 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 4
I repeated the same routine the third day, and will try to keep that routine from now on. Spending less time on Facebook made it less important. I knew I wasn’t missing out on much because I could go on later and nothing had changed. It feels good being on the computer less.
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:36 PM
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 80
5/23/16 10:56 AM
During the second night I found myself dozing off and getting bored since I was used to
let’s goingread! online or calling a friend when my homework got hard. I didn’t want to cave in though,
UniT 5 – exTRA! exTRA!
lead-in Em página dupla, esta é a seção de abertura de cada unidade do livro. Por meio de imagens e, em alguns casos, de pequenos textos, seguidos de diversos tipos de atividades, tem como objetivo ativar seu conhecimento prévio sobre o tema que será tratado na unidade. Você também vai ter um primeiro contato com o vocabulário que será aprofundado ao longo da unidade.
UniT 5 – exTRA! exTRA!
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
PART 3 – PRinT mediA
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
e) Kia Aims to Develop its Own Self-driving Car by 2030
During the second night I found myself dozing off and getting bored since I was used to going online or calling a friend when my homework got hard. I didn’t want to cave in though, so I dedicated myself to doing portions of my homework for about an hour and then taking five-minute breaks. I didn’t use the breaks to go online though, because I knew that I’d stay on longer than five minutes. Instead I cleaned my room, got a snack or saw what my family was doing. Then I continued my homework more refreshed.
I was confident the first day. I left my computer and phone on because I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby. I felt more focused because I wasn’t thinking about 93 80 checking my Facebook every five minutes. I spent only three hours doing homework instead of the six to seven hours I usually take. I even had time to read for pleasure before going to bed. The following day at school I felt better prepared because without distractions, I had fully understood the homework.
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
d) Brazil Beyond: Must-Visit Cities Outside of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo
Distractions are all around us – Facebook, […]
Distractions are all around us – Facebook, […]
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
b) France
By Jazmine Mendoza 16, Valley Regional HS #5 (San Fernando)
80
so I dedicated to doing portions of my homework for about an hour and then taking Esta é a seçãomyself de leitura. five-minute breaks. I didn’t use the breaks to go online though, because I knew that I’d stay Ela traz textos deminutes. diversosInstead I cleaned my room, got a snack or saw what my family on longer than five gêneros sobre was doing. Thentemas I continued my homework more refreshed. relevantes para você e para I repeated the same routine the third day, and will try to keep that routine from now on. Spending time on Facebook made aless sociedade. Por meio deit less important. I knew I wasn’t missing out on much because I could go on later and nothing had changed. feels goodem being onestão the computer less. AsIt palavras roxo atividades variadas, tem como listadas no Glossário, no objetivo levá-lo a desenvolver Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016. final do livro. habilidades de compreensão escrita (geral e/ou detalhada) e a se posicionar criticamente.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 80
5/27/16 9:56 AM
HINT
let’s listeN aND talk!
Pense nas palavras-chave que poderiam estar relacionadas ao tema do texto e useas para ajudar a identificar os principais tópicos discutidos.
Before you listen… a) Have
you ever felt you were at risk when using a social network? b) Have you ever felt you could put your friends at risk? c) What kind of social network practices do you think expose us to more risks? 3
1.
This audio excerpt was taken from the 50th episode of the Shared Security Podcast sponsored by Security Perspectives, recorded on January 21, 2016. Below are the headings of the topics discussed on the podcast by Tom Eston and Scott Wright with special guest Alex Hamerstone. Listen to two minutes of the podcast and identify the topic under discussion. Write down the answer in your notebook. a) 2016 Reality: Lazy Authentication Still the Norm b) Stop Doing Quizzes on Facebook if You Place any Value on Your Privacy
sidmay/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
4
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
3.
2
3
Listen to the recording again. Which of these statements are true? Answer in your notebook. a) Facebook quizzes are done by third parties.
Available at . Accessed on March 18, 2016
1
Jazmine Mendoza, 16 “I was confident the first day. I left my computer and phone on because I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby. I felt more focused because I wasn’t thinking about checking my Facebook every five minutes.”
Antonio Guillem/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Available at www.agorapulse.com/features/ facebook-page-apps Acessed on March 16, 2016
2.
3
Let’s focus on Language!
c) Pre-crime Arrives in The UK: Better Make Sure Your Face Stays Off the Crowdsourced Watch List Verb tense review 1. We use the Simple Past to talk about completed actions in the past, and we use the Past d) The Super Creepy Side of the Internet of Things and Smart Homes Continuous to describe an action in the past that was in progress. Based on this, read the e) Xfinity’s Security System Flaws Open Homes to Thieves excerpts and do the following activity. Look at some images of Facebook applications. Which picture is an example of the topic under discussion?
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Jessica Marin, 17 “The first day, I forgot that I had to be distraction free until I realized it took me 30 minutes to come back to a government question because I was texting my friends and checking my email.”
UNIT 2 – dIgITal secUrITy
b) Meaww is a game company associated to Facebook. c) People should not do Facebook quizzes.
Available at . Accessed on April 16,
d) Facebook quizzes combine your feeds with your friends’. e) When you take Facebook quizzes, you are giving access to your e-mail. f) Facebook quizzes are for fun and entertainment purposes only.
a) Which of these describe complete, finished actions in the past? And which Não statements escreva no livro. ones describe an action in the past that was in progress?
34
“I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby.” AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 34
5/22/16 5:10 PM
“I felt more focused […].”
“[…] because I wasn’t thinking about checking my Facebook every five minutes.” “I forgot that I had to be distraction free […]” UNIT 5 – ExTra! ExTra!
“[…] because I was texting my friends and checking my email.” b) Brian Yu also accepted the challenge of doing his homework without distractions. Let’s review verb tenses. Replace the letters with the appropriate verb tenses. Use your notebook.
82
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 82
5/23/16 4:51 PM
Let’s act with words! Vocabulary corner
Let’s write a letter to the editor
In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to match the weather idioms to their meanings.
V
There is usually a good aspect of a bad situation
Shoot the breeze.
VI
Whatever happens
Read the following predictions. Which one(s) is(are) true for your region this week? a) It will be warm and dry.
f) Temperature will be high.
b) Rain will fall during the night.
g) It will be cold.
c) It will be sunny.
h) It will be windy.
d) Thunderstorms are possible.
i) It will be cloudy.
e) It will be hot and wet.
j) There is just a small chance for an isolated shower.
DiD you know…?
In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to relate the word to the images. Rainy B Windy
A
Cold D Cloudy C
I
Storms F Showers
E
V
II
VI
III
VII
IV
VIII
Sunny H Snowy G
The indigenous Brazilian people have used their own ecological knowledge to predict the weather. A thousand years ago, the Guarani people created an "application" for solar observation. Read more at . Accessed on May 13, 2016.
DiD you know…? Fahrenheit is a thermodynamic temperature scale, in which the freezing point of water is 32 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and the boiling point 212°F (at standard atmospheric pressure). Conversion formulas: Fahrenheit to Celsius: (°F − 32) ÷ 1.8 = °C Celsius to Fahrenheit: (°C × 1.8) + 32 = °F Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
Letter to the editor (response Genre) Structure Use the conventions of a formal letter Introduce the topic and your opinion early May be a reference to a previous letter or article Usually a mix of fact and opinion Organize paragraphs with details to support your opinion Paragraph length may vary Language features Formal term of address (Dear Sir/Madam or Dear Editor) Persuasive language Subjective but not too emotional Language should be formal A direct appeal to the editor or readers
Esta seção, que encerra cada unidade, propõe atividades de produção escrita em diferentes gêneros textuais, incluindo etapas de planejamento, escrita, avaliação e reescrita. Nela, você vai ter a oportunidade de usar as estruturas linguísticas e o vocabulário apresentados na unidade de forma contextualizada.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 111
5/26/16 5:04 PM
Purpose: To express opinion for or against a news report Tone: Formal Setting: Magazine Writer: You Audience: Magazine and wiki readers
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Writing Steps Organizing Choose a magazine or newspaper in print or on the Internet. Select an article or a news report, and write a letter to the editor showing support or disagreement. Preparing the first draft Make a first draft. Peer editing Ask a classmate to revise it. Make the necessary corrections. Publishing Write the final version of your letter and e-mail it to the magazine or newspaper. Post a copy on Wikispaces or keep a copy in your portfolio.
111
Não escreva no livro.
Genre: Letter to the Editor
PART 3 – PRinT mediA
Take a rain check.
A letter to the editor is an example of a formal letter expressing an opinion, a complaint, an argument, or giving information. You read an article and decide to react to it by sending a letter to the editor. This is your goal here.
let’s act with words!
To chat casually
103
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 103
vocabulary corner
5/23/16 10:43 PM
Profession sPot
Nesta seção você terá oportunidade de desenvolver o vocabulário relacionado à unidade.
some jobs in the telePhony field Read the following definitions of jobs in the telephony field. Then look at the pictures and find the proper definitions for them. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers – letters. I A telephone installer installs, sets up, rearranges, or removes switching, distribution, routing, and dialing equipment […].
A
C
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
adamgregor/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Very little chance
B
D
II A telephonist or switchboard operator is the first point of contact for callers to an organization. He and she answers incoming calls, directs callers to the appropriate person or department, takes telephone numbers, and connects outgoing calls. […]
wavebreakmedia/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
To postpone something
IV
wavebreakmedia/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
III
kupicoo/Vetta/Getty Images
A disturbance about little or nothing
II
Come rain or shine.
PART 4 – video
3.
I
A storm in a teacup. Every cloud has a silver lining.
Illustrations: Psonha/ID/BR
2.
A snowball’s chance.
OLJ Studio/shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nA nB nC nD nE nF
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
III A cell phone salesperson performs face-to-face sales and customer service at a retail store. He or she is responsible for providing each new and returning customer with all information needed to make an educated purchasing decision. […]
Profession spot
IV A call center operator answers enquiries from customers by telephone and e-mail. You could also do this by text, fax, and post. If you are looking for a customer service role and you are keen to be part of a team, this job could be ideal for you. […] Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
Vocabulary corner 1. 2.
Do you know any chat acronyms or abbreviations in English? Read the following texting abbreviations. Write in your notebook what they stand for.
Top 18 most popular texting abbreviations a) asap: as soon as possible UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
Nesta seção você vai encontrar atividades baseadas em textos orais e/ou escritos sobre diferentes carreiras e profissões. Vai poder refletir e discutir sobre diferentes carreiras e possibilidades profissionais. Esta seção está presente em todas as unidades do volume 3 e em algumas dos demais volumes.
Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
b) b4 c) BF
d) btw
h) GF
l) lol
p) thx
e) cos
i) gtg
m) oxox
q) w/
f) cya
j) jk
n) rofl
r) zzzz
g) fyi
k) l8r
o) sup
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
66 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 66
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:54 PM
5 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 5
5/27/16 9:56 AM
Conheça seu livro Learning tips
Television is great for learning English. The pictures make it easier to understand than radio and because you can see who’s talking, you get a better idea of what people mean. Just watch their “body language”! Watch programs that you find enjoyable and entertaining – whatever you watch will help you to improve your English. Here’s a guide to learning as much as possible while watching English television:
(by Madonna)
Look around everywhere you turn is heartache It’s everywhere that you go (look around) You try everything you can to escape The pain of life that you know (life that you know) When all else fails and you long to be Something better than you are today I know a place where you can get away It’s called a dance floor, and here’s what it’s for, so
UNIT 7 – IT's oN Tv
Chorus Come on, vogue Let your body groove to the music Hey, hey, hey Come on, vogue Let your body go with the flow You know you can do it Beauty’s where you find it Not just where you bump and grind it Soul is in the musical
100 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 100
5/26/16 2:36 PM
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… talking about general truths and regular events. … talking about recent actions in progress. … giving tips and instructions. … expressing opinions. … identifying and using words related to social networks. … identifying the sound “th”. … creating an infographic. … working with free diagramming tools to build infographics.
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I am good at expressing opinions. I need to get better at giving tips and instructions.
what can i do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English. Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English. Watch some tutorial videos in English.
Adapted from . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
Ask for help. If you don’t have cable TV or DVD player, you can find some new and old TV shows on YouTube.
120
Não escreva no livro.
I am good at…
drbimages/iStock/Getty Images
All you need is your own imagination So use it that’s what it’s for Go inside, for your finest inspiration Your dreams will open the door It makes no difference if you’re black or white If you’re a boy or a girl If the music’s pumping it will give you new life You’re a superstar, yes, that’s what you are, you know it
UNIT 6 – sTrIke a pose
I liked…
… and finish with one of the options below:
Only watch programs you find interesting. Learning English should be fun – not something you have to force yourself to do. If you have a passion for football, watch matches or the sports news. Keep a notebook near your television, so that you can jot down any new words or expressions that you hear. This is especially useful if the program you are watching has been subtitled into your language. Try to watch English television regularly. Even if you can only watch 15 minutes a day, you’ll be amazed how much you learn. Don’t worry if you don’t understand everything. English television is normally aimed at native Poster of Game of Thrones, a television show, 2012. English language speakers. Programs often include difficult words and expressions. If the program you’re watching is full of unknown words, just concentrate on understanding the general meaning. Even cartoons and children’s programs are useful when learning English, and quiz shows are useful for learning how to ask and answer questions in English. Keep a note of television programs and presenters that you find easy to understand and try to watch them regularly. Doing this will increase your confidence and give you a sense of achievement.
Chorus Come on, vogue Let your body move to the music Hey, hey, hey Come on, vogue Let your body go with the flow You know you can do it
1
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Vogue Strike a pose Strike a pose Vogue, vogue, vogue (x2)
UNIT
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you’ve learned so far. You can start with…
Programme (Br English) Program (Am English)
HBO Latin America/ID/BR
16
tiMe time to tO RefLect reflect DiD you know…?
How to learn with tV and videos
In pairs, read the lyrics of the classic song “Vogue.”
Other.
25
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_learning_120A121.indd 120
5/26/16 5:11 PM
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 25
5/22/16 4:11 PM
turn on the jukebox!
learning tips
time to reflect
Nesta seção, presente em algumas unidades, há atividades de compreensão oral com músicas, que vêm reproduzidas no CD que acompanha cada volume da coleção.
Cada uma das quatro partes apresenta uma seção com diferentes estratégias de aprendizagem.
Cada unidade é seguida de um convite à reflexão sobre seu processo de aprendizagem.
let’s study for enem
ATENÇÃO: todas as questões foram elaboradas nos moldes das provas originais do Enem. Responda a todas as questões no caderno.
time tO reflect
Nesta charge, que critica os hábitos televisivos, a fala do menino tem por função, de forma indireta e irônica: Mosedare/CartoonStock
1.
let’s study for enem
a) convidar a mãe a ler histórias.
Em todas as Parts, você vai encontrar uma seção com questões semelhantes às do Enem.
b) criticar o que seu amigo vê na TV. c) impedir a mãe de comprar pela TV. d) pedir à mãe para assistir a um filme. e) persuadir a mãe a mudar de canal. Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
2.
PART 1 – sociAl neTwoRks
Turn on The jukebox! 1.
O texto ao lado registra previsões meteorológicas para a cidade de Orlando, em maio de 2016. Assim, tomamos conhecimento de que, naquele fim de semana: a) a noite de sexta seria agradável e sem chuva. b) a probabilidade de chuva era nula para o sábado. c) a semana de trabalho fecharia com sol e chuva. d) haveria muitos ventos na sexta e no sábado. e) os movimentos dos ventos estariam controlados.
Weather Forecast May 2, 2016 Expect a toasty day for the area today. Highs near 90 with a rain chance setting up after 2pm at 30%. Tonight, lows fall through the 70s, rain chances dry up after 9pm. Quiet and warm overnight. North Texans prepare for hail with mattresses, pillows and bubblewrap Available at . Accessed on May 2, 2016.
Fame and Fortune: The Power of YouTube by Julie Lamb (Jan 03, 2012)
What do Justin Bieber, Colbie Caillat, Soulja Boy, and Sean Kingston all have in common? Aside from being celebrities/singers, they all started out simply by posting amateur videos of themselves on the Internet, and after developing a large following online, were fortunate enough to “get discovered” by important people in the music industry. It may be easy to discount these stories as pure luck and claim that such successes don’t justify all the time that many YouTubers spend making videos. But the truth is that the path from YouTube sensation to professional musician is becoming more and more common, and this trend does not show signs of slowing down any time soon. [...]
Time for liTeraTure Pride ANd Prejudice
Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
1. Answer the following questions in your notebook. a) Are you a good reader? How many titles do you read in a year?
Esse texto fala do poder das tecnologias em nossa sociedade e nos informa que os cantores Justin Bieber, Colbie Caillat, Soulja Boy e Sean Kingston:
b) Do you prefer novels, plays, poems, biographies, or “cordel?” Any others? c) Who are your favorite authors? What do you know about them?
UNIT 8 – yoU broadcasT
a) postaram seus vídeos no YouTube antes de fazerem sucesso.
2. Have you ever heard of Jane Austen? Read this excerpt from one of her biographies and answer the questions in your notebook.
b) fazem sucesso porque alimentam o YouTube com seus vídeos. c) foram descobertos no YouTube porque são bons profissionais. d) são músicos profissionais que anunciam seus shows no YouTube.
Jane Austen was an English writer that came into the world on December 16th, 1775, born to Reverend George Austen and Cassandra Austen. Growing up, the Austen children lived in an environment of open learning, creativity and dialog. Mr. Austen kept a large collection of literature in his home library, which Jane made extensive use of in both reading and writing endeavors. It became quite common for the family to invest time and energy into making home-based productions of existing plays or writing and acting out their own creations. One can only assume that it was in these exercises that the true talent of Jane Austen was being nurtured – through observation, improvisation, acting and participation. Portrait of Jane Austen, the Rice Portrait, by Ozias Humphry, c. 1792-93. Oil on canvas, 142,2 cm × 92,7 cm With her formal education (55.9 in × 36.4 in). Private collection. completed at a boarding school, Jane returns home permanently and sets out to pen the work First Impressions. Little did she know at the time that this single work would become her most popular and enduring piece, becoming the story we now know as Pride and Prejudice. The first draft was completed sometime in 1799. She wrote six novels and they are so undated that lots of movies are continually being made from them.
e) descobriram a indústria da música nos vídeos do YouTube.
134 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_learning_134A135.indd 134
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:59 PM
time for literature
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
Time for LiTeraTure
Esta seção trabalha com literatura. Traz trechos ou extratos de obras literárias para que você se familiarize com o texto ficcional em língua inglesa.
Private Collection. Photo: Ozias Humphry/Bridgeman Images/Easypix
3.
a) How old was Jane Austen when Pride and Prejudice was finished? b) How can her literary success at such an early age be explained? c) Which name was first given to the novel Pride and Prejudice? d) Do you know other young writers?
70 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 70
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:03 PM
6 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 6
5/27/16 9:57 AM
Além dessas seções, ao longo do livro há vários boxes que enriquecem os conteúdos. »» Language in action : apresenta os objetivos de
cada unidade. »» Did you know...? : apresenta curiosidades, informações culturais e vocabulário relacionados a uma atividade ou texto apresentado. »» Pronunciation spot : apresenta questões relacionadas à pronúncia e à entonação. »» Beyond the lines... : promove reflexões a partir dos temas dos textos com vistas ao desenvolvimento do letramento crítico. »» Hint: apresenta estratégias para a recepção e produção de textos orais e escritos.
LEAD-IN 1.
In pairs, look closely at the posters on the previous page and answer the questions. a) What elements first call your attention? b) What is their purpose? c) Where did the creator(s) of these posters get inspiration to produce them? d) In your opinion, what kind of reaction did the producer of these posters want to create in the viewers? Is it an original idea?
2.
How much do your classmates know about security on the Web? Make a quick survey with the classmates around you. What can viruses and worms do to your computer/ smartphone?
Lan Images/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Djomas/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
How can your digital devices be infected by viruses and worms?
What can someone do after stealing your identity?
3. 4.
What type of visual effects are used in posters?
5.
Which poster corresponds to each sentence below? Write the answer in your notebook.
Niklebedev/ Shutterstock.com/ ID/BR
What kind of information do people usually find in posters? How is this information normally conveyed?
a) Always use a strong password or passphrase. b) Avoid clicking links, especially any that are requesting private information. c) Avoid sharing files in flash drives in unknown computers. d) Be wary of any unexpected e-mail attachments or links, even from people you know. e) Don’t leave your mobile devices unattended. f) Have an updated anti-virus program. g) Look for “https://” and a lock icon in the address bar before entering any private info. PART 1 – sociAl neTwoRks
h) Never enter private or personal information into a popup. i) Never needlessly carry around your bills, health plan card, or birth certificate. j) Never send passwords or other private information in an e-mail or message. k) Never write down PIN numbers or passwords. l) Review your social network posts regularly and report any irregularities.
27
Não escreva no livro.
Extra activitiEs PART
‣ P R O F ES S I O N S P OT
1
nV User operations analyst VI Web designer n VII Web developer n VIII Webmaster n
extra activities
Michaeljung/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nI Blogger II Internet judge n III Network engineer n IV Social media consultant n
writes articles and/or posts for online publications. is responsible for installing, maintaining and supporting computer communication networks within an organization or between organizations.
Experiments related to image production and common phenomena studied in Physics Look at the following projects. Choose one of them for an experiment. Ask your physics teacher to help you.
Project 1: Making your photos move Discover how you can make your photos move by trying this exciting experiment. Set up your digital camera on a tripod or in a secure spot near a busy street corner. If you don’t have access to a street corner, choose a fixed subject matter in a changing environment, such as a tree that catches morning and afternoon sun, or a flower that closes its petals at night. Remove any obstacles in front of your subject matter. Don’t move your camera once the project has started. Keep the flash turned off for day pictures, and turn your night mode on for pictures taken between twilight and dawn. Set a watch to go off every hour to remind you to take a photo of your subject matter. In 24 hours, you should have 24 images in succession. Upload the images into a slide show format on your computer and put it on a loop. Extend the amount of pictures in your experiment to see changes over days, weeks, or even months. Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
is an individual who is employed by a search engine to review and rate websites.
Multiples/Alamy/Glow Images
nC nD nE nF
Crossing boundaries
No final do livro, estão as Extra activities, conjunto de atividades que retoma o conteúdo estudado nas unidades. Dessa forma, você pode estudar e praticar mais.
is someone who creates web-based applications by using programming languages. is someone who works with the visual elements of a Web page. can be either a Web developer or a Web designer. He or she usually works alone doing both jobs as he or she maintains a website. In addition, he or she may be responsible for search engine optimization (SEO), web content writing, and/or marketing.
nG
is someone who sets up and maintains accounts on Twitter, Facebook, MySpace and any other social media site that pops up. He or she might work for a public relations director or alongside a branding consultant. Whatever the case, this person needs to keep the content fresh, monitor user feedback and create a persona for the company – all through the click of a mouse.
nH
monitors how users interact with the site, answers users’ questions or listens to their feedback to see what they want in a site and reports the results to the site owner.
crossing boundaries Nesta seção, que aparece após as Extra activities, você vai encontrar atividades interdisciplinares, ou seja, que relacionam a língua inglesa com as demais disciplinas do Ensino Médio.
Sources: ; ; ; and . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
140
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 140
5/23/16 12:34 PM
glossary
Wiltshire, United Kingdom, 2008.
Project 2: Create lightening Lightening is a beautiful and frightening natural element. You can hear its boom from miles and miles away and see it light up a completely dark sky – if only for a moment. Did you know that you can create your own lightening using things that you are likely to find in your home or at the grocery store? You will be able to see and possibly hear the lightening as it’s created! Here’s how you can make your very own lightening! You will need the following: a foil pie plate a pen (ball point) a tack a sock (must be wool) Styrofoam block glue (if necessary) a cell phone with camera, if you have one notebook paper or journal
158
CG Mattos/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nA nB
extra activities
5/26/16 2:19 PM
In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to match the names of the following Internet careers to their corresponding definitions.
crossing boundaries
1.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 27
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (undated photo). Não escreva no livro.
endorse: aprovar, sancionar, confirmar
A
engage: envolver-se
addicted: viciado(a)
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 158
5/26/16 6:20 PM
enough: suficiente
addiction: vício advice: conselho
LANGUAGE REFERENCE
agree: concordar averages: médias
ensure: assegurar entrepreneur: empreendedor(a) eyeliner: delineador de olhos
Falar sobre hábitos e verdades
aware: consciente, informado(a)
F B fad: tendência, moda background: históricoUse o presente simples para falar sobre situações permanentes ou verdades genéricas, e para falar sobre fear: medo, receio; temer, recear coisas que acontecem com frequência: battle: lutar; luta, batalha few: poucos, poucas Social networking sites make these connections between people visible. beforehand: de antemão footstep: passo, pegada belief: crença Nowadays we have more friends in social network rather than in real life. former: ex, anterior believe: acreditar Com he, she e it usamos regras diferentes: fortunate: sortudo(a) belong: pertencer
No final do livro, você ainda vai encontrar: » AUDIO TRANSCRIPTS : transcrições dos áudios não apresentadas nas unidades. » Glossary (inglês-português) : seleção de vocabulário utilizado em cada livro. » Language Reference : quadros e listas de referência sobre aspectos linguísticos.
Audio trAnscripts unit 2 - diGitAL sEcuritY
Welcome back to Film Weekly. I’m Jason Solomons.
beware: tomar cuidado, precaver-se Casos especiais (grafia) G The cream of British screen acting visits the show this Exemplos week. I meet actress Emily Watson to discuss her role in bond: estabelecer vínculo; união But a call to a friend works just as well as a Facebook message […]. gap: lacuna adicione -s Para a maioria dos verbos Spielberg’s In my point ofStephen view, Internet becomes adaptation part of our life.of War Horse and Ralph boost: impulso, reforço Track 3 Fiennes releases his directional debut – an adaptation guest: convidado(a) Para verbos que terminam em Facebook quizzes. border: fronteira – Let’s talk about adicione -s A good listener attention by making eye contact. ofpays Shakespeare’s Coriolanus, a tale of power, war and vogal + y H branch: filial, ramo – Yeah, that’s fun. betrayal. I discuss the challenge of starring and directing Para verbos que terminam em troque o y por -ies Find an this example that justifies your answer. Myself and Guardian thorny political tragedy. – Why+those are bad? bright: claro(a), vivo(a), resplandecente consoante y half: metade critic Xan Brooks will be reviewing the week’s other – Oh, okay, it’semnot fun. broken down: quebrado Para verbos que terminam releases as War Horse. We’ve got Michael adicione -es […] the list goesas onwell and on. hang around: vadiar, vagabundear big -ch, -sh ou -o (Laughs.) build equity: criar redes de relacionamento Fassbender and Carey Mulligan in Shame and Jeremy hard-driving: de pulso forte, de forte condução be > is account So, everyone with a Facebook will Social networking Irons and Kevinworldwide Spacey,success. among others, in Margin Call. burst onto: estourar is a major Formas –irregulares have > has hurt: doer, probably notice all these quizzes that, machucar you know, come When it comes to film podcasts, it’s a one-horse C by your feed, through your friends, there’s a lot of race. It’s Film Weekly. Use don’t ou doesn’t seguidotests. pelo Friend verbo Iem sua forma básica para formar a negativa: these personality comparisons, you know, Available at . Accessed on May 16, 2016. year in review… Allsee these things, andrealmente they are all done Your family and friends don’t you […]. indeed: challenge: desafio; desafiar
Page 34
Newscast 2 by, you know, third parties, right? The article that I’ll vezsocial de The video doesn’t talkshow aboutnow the rise ofem some networks. link in the goesand ininstead adecline little of: bit more detail into At times, it doesn’t even look like a regular soccer field. this and specifically calls outiron onefilings: company… Miao or It is someone’s desperate home, not a manicured pitch, and limalha de ferro Formas e formas contraídas something? Mow that theycompletas are called? M-E-A-W-W is cattle sauntered by. But the players are not regular soccer K the name players either – they kick with the same leg they stand I do of notthis company. complaint: reclamação; reclamar I don’t on. Goalies play with the only arm they have. These are – Meaww… keep: manter confident: confiante, seguro(a) the members of Haiti’s amputees soccer teams, men and Meaww, right. Andnot they talk about some of their He does not /–She does not / It does have to use social networks in the office. kick: chutar women who lost limbs almost all during the earthquake in countless: incontável He doesn’t / Sheand doesn’t doesn’t quizzes digs/ Itinto their privacy policy and what they really do. When you click onmatar these links to take the 2010. A balcony collapsed on Judith Facile: she had two kill: We do not / You do not / They do not D choices: amputation or death. Soccer soothes her pain. quiz, they automatically… Now these are all Facebook chart: gráfico
cheat: colar (em prova, exame) close: próximo(a), íntimo(a)
We don’t / You don’t / They don’t
Available at . L because they are applications that develops, and Accessed on May 16, 2016. Facebook applications, what they do is, they prompt you and say “By taking this quiz you are giving access Anchor: Over in Brazil the President, Dilma Roussef, lawn mower: cortador de grama to your email, your friends lists…” .You know, anything announced a 65 billion dollar plan to help stimulate Verbopublic, auxiliar + Sujeito + information Infinitivo doare verbo principal that you make and allled: these levou, conduziu harvested by this third party developer and they clearly the economy there centered on infrastructure. The plan Do I / we / you / they 14,000 kilometers of its roads and railways to losing“Well, touch:when perdendo earn: ganhar state in their privacy policy that: youtocontato click have use social offers networks in the office? the private sector. Karina Huber has more. Does on that link, you thereby he / she / give it us this information byesconderijo lurk: espreitar, emboscar; endear: enaltecer, tornar importante Reporter: Brazil is gearing up for a massive influx taking the quiz” and who knows what happens to their of visitors. In 2016 it will host the Olympics. Two data after that? A lot of times, from thecurtas research that Respostas years before that the Football World Cup. In February I’ve done, you know, if they have your email address, it privatized three of its largest airports in a bid to you are Afirmativa probably gonna see an up ticking spam. They Negativa improve its infrastructure ahead of the arrival of all haveI /your name, they have your friends names… Think don’t. we / you / they do. I / we / you / they those athletes do andnot. tourists. Now President Roussef has AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 162 about all that information that can be used all because 5/24/16 3:18 PM Yes, No, announced Brazil will be offering concessions to roads, you wanted to have a little fun with your friends and, doesn’t. he / she / it does. he / she / it railways, portsdoes andnot. maybe some other airports to the you know, do some silly comparison, right? Available at . Accessed on May 17, 2016. rate in 2010. Part of its slowdown is due to slower global growth, but also due to weak infrastructure. International economists with a specialty in emerging Page 84 markets, like Joseph Foudy, think 65 billion dollars is AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 164 5/24/16 10:44 AM not enough to get Brazil’s economy back on track, but Track 9 he says focusing on improving its infrastructure is a Newscast 1 good first step. The Guardian Joseph Foudy: The number one challenge that, uhm,
deal: negócio; lidar
drop: queda; cair, baixar launched: lançado Insira o verbo auxiliar do (ou does) antes do sujeito para fazer perguntas.Newscast 3 due to: devido a E
CD de áudio
162
164
Contém os áudios necessários para a realização das atividades de compreensão oral e de pronúncia e/ou entonação. Traz também os áudios de todas as músicas.
unit 5 - EXtrA! EXtrA!
160 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_TRANSCRICAO_160A161.indd 160
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 7
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 3:42 PM
7 5/27/16 9:57 AM
S U M Á RI O Learning plan .............................................................................................. 11
2 Mobile 40
UNIT 1 making connections .................................................................................................................................................. 12
UNIT 3 On the waves of the radio ........................................................... 42
Language in action ............................................................................................................. 12 Lead-in ....................................................................................................... 13
Language in action ............................................................................... 42 Lead-in ..................................................................................................... 43
1
PART social networks
10
PART
Learning plan .............................................................................................. 41
Let's read!
Let's read!
Managing Your Social Network Addiction................... 14
Vocabulary corner
Let's focus on language!
Let's act with words! ................................................................. 22
Let’s create an infographic about making connections...................................................................... 23
Learning tips ........................................................................................ 24 Time to reflect .................................................................................. 25
UNIT 2 Digital security ................................................................................... 26 Language in action ................................................................................ 26 Lead-in ....................................................................................................... 27
EITS/University of Georgia
Let's read! Your Guide to Safe Web Browsing.................................... 28 Let's focus on language! Imperatives.......................................................................................... 31 Let's listen and talk! Teens and online privacy......................................................... 34 Let's act with words! ................................................................. 36 Let’s create a poster...................................................................... 37 Let's study for enem ..................................................................... 38 Time to reflect .................................................................................. 39
Defining words.................................................................................. 46
Let's focus on language!
What is Better: to Make Friends in Real Life or in Social Networks?............................................................................... 17 Pronunciation of the th sounds.............................................. 18 Simple Present and Present Continuous (Review)................................................ 19
The Invention of the Radio...................................................... 44 Pronunciation of final -ed........................................................ 46
Vocabulary corner
Compound words............................................................................. 16
Let's listen, read and talk!
Simple Past........................................................................................... 47
Turn on the jukebox! Love Is on the Radio .................................................................... 49
Profession spot
Radio jobs............................................................................................. 50
Let's act with words! Interview (tips) ............................................................................... 52 Let’s do an interview about radio..................................... 53 Learning tips ....................................................................................... 54 Time to reflect .................................................................................. 55
UNIT 4 Going mobile ........................................................................................... 56 Language in action ............................................................................... 56 Lead-in ....................................................................................................... 57
Let's listen and talk!
Answering machines messages ......................................... 58 Pronunciation of final -e........................................................... 58
Let's read! Emojis...................................................................................................... 59
Let's focus on language!
Present Perfect ................................................................................ 60
Let's read!
I wrote ‘2U B4’! British Library Shows Up Textspeak as soooo 19th Century...................................... 64 How to Practice Text Etiquette............................................ 65
Profession spot
Some jobs in the telephony field ...................................... 66
Vocabulary corner
Texting abbreviations ................................................................ 66
Let's act with words!
Text message....................................................................................... 67 Let's study for enem ..................................................................... 68 Time to reflect .................................................................................. 69
Time for literature
70
Pride and Prejudice, Jane Austen ........................................ 70
8 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 8
5/26/16 3:30 PM
3 PRINT Media
Learning plan .............................................................................................. 77
4 Video 106
UNIT 5 Extra! Extra! ............................................................................................ 78
UNIT 7 It’s on tv .................................................................................................. 108
Language in action ................................................................................. 78 Lead-in ....................................................................................................... 79
Language in action ............................................................................... 108 Lead-in ..................................................................................................... 109
PART
76
PART
Let's read!
Let's read!
Learning plan ............................................................................................ 107
Too Much Temptation.................................................................. 80
Let's focus on language!
Vocabulary corner
Simple Past and Past Continuous (Review).............. 82
Let's listen and talk!
Vocabulary corner
Suffixes for making nouns, verbs, and adjectives................................................................... 85 Pronunciation of initial s- sound....................................... 85
Noun and Verbal phrases......................................................... 86
Let’s know different types of headlines....................... 88 Let’s make a news report.......................................................... 89
Language in action ............................................................................... 122 Lead-in ..................................................................................................... 123
Language in action ................................................................................ 92 Lead-in ...................................................................................................... 93 Let's read! ............................................................................................ 94 Letter to the Editor........................................................................ 95
Let's read!
Defining words................................................................................. 126
Let's focus on language!
Stative and active verbs............................................................ 96
Linking words and adverbs of manner......................... 127
Let's listen and talk!
Vocabulary corner
Parts of a digital camera........................................................... 98
Let's listen!
A chicken sandwich recipe.................................................... 129 Pronunciation of the schwa vowel /ə/ ........................ 130
Let's focus on language!
Zhin Magazine................................................................................... 99
Turn on the jukebox!
Sequence words............................................................................... 131
Let's act with words!
Vogue ...................................................................................................... 100
Profession spot
Let’s create a tutorial.................................................................. 132
Let's study for enem .................................................................... 134 Time to reflect ................................................................................. 135
Photographers...................................................................................102
Let's act with words!
Fame and Fortune: The Power of YouTube............... 124
Vocabulary corner
Let's focus on language!
Let’s make a weather forecast................................................ 118 Learning tips ...................................................................................... 120 Time to reflect .................................................................................. 121
UNIT 8 You broadcast ................................................................................... 122
UNIT 6 Strike a pose .......................................................................................... 92
Careers in television.................................................................... 117
Let's act with words!
Learning tips ....................................................................................... 90 Time to reflect ................................................................................... 91
Simple Future.................................................................................... 113 Pronunciation of the /l/ sound............................................ 116
Profession spot
Let's act with words!
The future of television............................................................. 112
Let's focus on language!
Let's focus on language!
Weather idioms................................................................................. 111
Let's listen and talk!
Newscasts............................................................................................. 84
The Weather Forecast for Orlando in the United States on May 2, 2016............................... 110
Time for literature
Let’s write a letter to the editor......................................... 103
Let's study for enem .................................................................... 104 Time to reflect ................................................................................ 105
136
Norman Chan/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
“Cat in the rain”.............................................................................. 136
extra activities ............................................................................... 140 Crossing boundaries (Knowledge across English and Chemistry)............. 154 AUDIO TRANSCRIPTS ........................................................................................................................................ 160 Glossary ..................................................................................................................................................................... 162 Language reference ........................................................................................................................................ 164 Recommended bibliography for students .......................................................................175 Bibliography............................................................................................................................................................. 176
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_INICIAIS_003A009.indd 9
9
5/27/16 10:02 AM
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 10
5/24/16 4:31 PM
Illustration: Catarina Bessell/ID/BR Photographs: Rawpixel Ltd/iStock/Getty Images
1SOCIAL NETWORKS
PART
Year Project - My Portfolio
LEARNING PLAN
What is a portfolio?
Reading and making infographics
It is a collection of activities developed as school work.
Talking about things that are always true and things that happen regularly
Steps
Talking about things happening around now and actions in process
1. Collect: You can collect your drafts and finished works on a computer, in a folder, or in a box. Hero Images/Getty Images
Making posters Making recommendations and warnings, giving orders and instructions Talking about safety on the Web
simonkr/Getty Images
2. Reflect: Select the best version of each work and write a presentation with your opinion about it.
3. Publish: You can publish the final versions on your wiki. If you don’t have your own wiki, you can create one at Wikispaces or you can join an existing group.
What is a “wiki?”
A wiki is a space on the Web where you can share works and ideas, pictures and links, videos and media. (Available at . Accessed on April 7, 2016.)
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 11
11 5/22/16 4:10 PM
1
Making connections
Language in action Learn how to
read and make infographics Learn how to give tips and instructions Talk about things that are always true and things that happen regularly Talk about things happening around now and actions in process
Illustration: BRFuzetti/ID/BR Image: cifotart/iStock/Getty Images
UNIT
FACEBOO
K IA
ACADEM
WORDPRE
SS
INSTAGRAM SNAPCHA T
RELATIONSHIPS 12 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 12
YOUTUBE
GOOGLE +
CREATIVE COMMONS
RE
SLIDESHA
CONTENTS Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 4:10 PM
LEAD-IN 1.
Take a look at the text on the previous page. Which words are you familiar with? What do you know about them?
2. Now, answer these questions: a) What does the image show? b) What is the purpose of this text? c) Who is the intended audience for this text? d) Which of those social media are popular in Brazil? e) What do colors represent?
3. Here is a list of typical features of this textual genre. Which of these characteristics can you find in the text? Find examples from the text to support your choices. Answer in your notebook. a) It highlights tons of reliable and interesting data. b) It is focused on a valuable topic or relevant data. c) It isn’t overly self-promotional. Norman Chan/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
d) It creatively visualizes data and information. e) It cites data sources. f) It presents information simply. g) It isn’t too long or too short. h) It incorporates branding. i) It provides clear and obvious conclusions. Adapted from . Accessed on April 7, 2016.
4. Are the characteristics in activity 3 typical of a graph, an infographic or a map? 5. Read the following definitions for some of the social media included in the infographic. Which names correspond to each definition? a) It is a popular photo-sharing app for smartphones. b) It is a social networking site designed specifically for the business community. The goal of the site is to allow registered members to establish and document networks of people they know and trust professionally. c) It is a microblogging service to communicate and stay connected through the exchange of short, frequent posts. d) It is a platform for academics to share research papers and monitor analytics around the impact of their research.
Sources: ; ; ; . Accessed on May 22, 2016.
6. Read the infographic carefully again and answer the questions. a) Is there any missing social media in this infographic? b) Are all the social media safe? Do you have examples to justify your answer?
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 13
BEYOND THE LINES... Are all Internet users represented in this infographic?
PART 1 – social networkS
e) It is a content sharing service that allows members to "pin" images, videos, and other objects to their “pinboard.”
13 5/26/16 1:37 PM
LET’S READ! Before you read… a) Are
you a network addict? in the text below the name of networks you are a member of.
b) Find
Did you know…?
Managing Your Social Network Addiction FEATURED
PRODUCTIVITY
BY IBRAHIM HUSAIN
Facebook, LinkedIn, MySpace, Twitter […] the list goes on and on. And if you are any sort of tech savvy, there is good chance you are a member of multiple social networks. Even I have accounts with at least 5 of these. While there is a lot to be gained by using these services, there is also a lot to be lost. […]
Confronted with the need to raise visibility and awareness of their struggles, Brazil’s indigenous populations have turned to social media. […] See some examples: Resistance of the Terena People
Committee to Keep the Xingu Alive . Adapted from . Accessed on May 5, 2016.
Here are a few tips that can help you monitor your social network use, and ensure that you are being productive instead of wasting time. • Track Your Time Online – The simplest way to ensure you aren’t wasting time in any one place is to monitor your time. Use a stopwatch and set a limit. When time is up, log out, regardless of what’s left. There is always tomorrow. • Remember the Telephone – I know, it’s so primitive. But a call to a friend works just as well as a Facebook message, and it is real human interaction, something we are losing touch with. • Go Outside – Get away from your portal to the network. Get some sunshine, chances are you need it. • Limit Your Memberships – There is no need for memberships to 15 different networks. In fact, there is no need for even 2 memberships of sites which do the same thing. Choose Facebook or Myspace, but not both. Digg, or StumbleUpon. This will probably cut your memberships in half, and hopefully cut the time spent on them down also. UNIT 1 – making connections
• Use Your Networks Productively – When I first used Twitter I followed anyone, and had thousands of followers. Strangely though, people rarely responded to my twits, and it was like I was invisible. I decided I’d only use Twitter if I could be productive with it, so I unfollowed thousands of users (now below 200), and use Twitter only to share and interact with people with similar interests as mine. Now my Twitter is a tool, not a time warp.
14 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 14
Ibrahim Husain is from Texas, USA, and writes motivational and self-development works for many online publications. Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 12:50 PM
•P rioritize – Use these tools only when your work has been done, or during down time. Don’t spend time updating your profile or changing your pic when there is work to be done. This will not only save you time and increase productivity, but will build self discipline as well. • Stop Procrastinating – Many times we get on Facebook or Twitter when we have real work that we just don’t want to do. Stop that! Get the work done. Once you finish you’ll have all the time in the world to spend making friends on Facebook. • Remove the Cellphone Apps – You don’t really need Facebook or Twitter on your phone. behind the desk and limit the distractions throughout the day. • Spend More Time With Close Friends and Family – You aren’t the only one who suffers when you spend countless hours on MySpace. Your family and friends don’t see you, because you are too busy learning how to customize your backgrounds and take crazy pictures from all different angles for your profile pic. Cut out the cancer and get back to friends and family.
Tatiana Popova/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Nothing on there can be that important. Save your social networking for when you are
Available at .Accessed on April 7, 2016.
1. Who is the intended audience for this text? 2. What is the purpose of this text? 3. According to the text, what can be an indication of social network addiction? 4. Do you agree with the author’s opinions? 5. In pairs, rank the five suggestions given by the author according to what you consider more or less effective. Give reasons for your opinions. Suggestions
Reasons
6. Facebook users can choose from seven emoji reactions to express emotions for or against a rvlsoft/ Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
specific post on Facebook.
Like Love Haha Yay Wow Sad Angry
In your notebook, write down or draw the one you would use when you read posts with the following content: a) A piece of news talking about an important scientific discovery. b) Photographs of friends during vacation. c) News about children being mistreated. e) A comment on a corruption scandal. f) Someone talking about how he/she dislikes his/her job. g) A recipe video of your favorite dish. h) A campaign against animal cruelty showing a shocking image. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 15
PART 1 – social networkS
d) A video of funny cats or dogs.
15 5/22/16 4:11 PM
7. What kind of content do you usually ignore? 8. What kind of content do you usually post?
Vocabulary Corner 1.
Compound words. We can create new words by putting together two or more words that already exist. Many Internet tools were named by compound words. One example is Facebook. What other compound words can you find in this unit?
2. Blending. We can create new words from two words that already exist, using part of one word plus another
word or part of it. An example of blending is Techmeme (technology+meme). Can you find another example in this unit?
3. In your notebook, write the blending form for the following pairs of words. Photopat/Alamy/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Example: teleprinter + exchange = telex
a) biographical + picture b) camera + recorder c) cybernetic + organism d) information + entertainment e) Internet + citizen f) simultaneous + broadcast g) telephone + marathon h) travel + monologue i) web + seminar
Telex machine.
UNIT 1 – making connections
4. Do you know other compound words or blendings? 5. Imagine a new Internet tool and create a blending in order to name it. BEYOND THE LINES... a) Do all Brazilians belong to social networks? b) Can you think of other functions that social networks might have? c) Some critics say there is no privacy in social networks. To what extent can this be a problem?
16 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 16
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 4:11 PM
Let’s listen, read and talk!
HINT Sempre dê uma olhada nos títulos e subtítulos para ajudar a prever o que vai ler ou ouvir.
Before you listen… With a classmate, read the title of the text below and guess possible answers to the question. After you have guessed possible answers, read the text quickly to check your predictions.
1.
Read and listen to the text below. Then answer the questions in your notebook.
What is Better: to Make Friends in Real Life or in Social Networks? Argument 1 “True, indeed, if your parents are strict or if you can’t go out to see your actual friends you could get on a social network. But the problem is that nowadays most of the people you meet on a network if you haven’t ever met them in real life are fake, pervs, or predators. Not saying that all networks are like that or that all people on there are like that but you never know. A predator can play the role of a trustworthy person for a while and get your information and who knows what else. It’s just safer to make friends in real life.” Argument 2 “In my point of view, Internet becomes part of our life. We also should consider it like simply meeting someone in the street. In any case people can lie both in Internet and during face to face contact. It depends on you, to believe or not. For me, it is easier to communicate with someone by chats and social networks. You can analyse the context of speech. (What to say, how to answer and etc.)”
Text: Courtesy of CreateDebate.com, a website property of TidyLife, Inc. all rights reserved. Illustration: BRFuzetti/ID/BR
1
Argument 3 “Nowadays we have more friends in social network rather than in real life. Sometimes you have problems, but you can’t share them with your friends in real life, so in network you don’t know the person and easily you can share everything you have in your mind. Also it’s good if your friend is from another country, because you become more open-minded, you will get new information, you will know their traditions, I think that is really nice. We spend a lot of time on the Internet and chatting, but also we have to have close friends in real life.” Adapted from . Accessed on April 7, 2016.
b) Who’s the text addressed to? c) Is friendship online for real? Do you have any close virtual friends?
2. Listen to the text above again. Pay attention to how the “th” is pronounced in the words 1
in bold. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 17
PART 1 – social networkS
a) Which argument best describes your opinion about the question?
17 5/23/16 3:53 PM
3. In groups, take a look at the comic strip below and discuss these questions. a) In what ways does the comic strip reflect your parents’ nights (or some of your friends’ nights)? b) Do social networks change our lives for better or for worse? Support your answer. Gary Cook/CartoonStock
c) What are the advantages and disadvantages of making friends in “real life” and in social networks?
Useful language
4. Based on your discussion in the previous activity, try to come to a consensus about which is better: making friends in “real life” or in social networks. Report your group opinion to the class.
Make your point by using some of these expressions: I think that… I somewhat disagree… I totally disagree… From my point of view… I agree… I consider both… My friends think… My mother/father/cousin thinks…
Pronunciation spot – /θ/ and /ð/ 2
1.
Listen to eight words taken from the texts of this unit and pay attention to the different pronunciations of th.
UNIT 1 – making connections
A
B
thing
math
there
that
both
with
either
another
Group A words: the ‘‘th’’ sounds like /θ/. To produce this sound, place the tip of your tongue just below the upper teeth as you blow the air out. Group B words: the ‘‘th’’ sounds like /ð/.This sound is very similar to /θ/, but your vocal cords vibrate when you produce /ð/.
2
1
2. 3.
Now listen again and repeat the words after the recording. Listen to the text in activity 1 (page 17) again. As you do this, copy in your notebook all the words that have the sound /ð/ and all the words that have the sound /θ/.
18 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 18
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 4:11 PM
Let’s focus on language!
Let’s remember!
Verb tense review 1.
To form the Simple Present, add –s (–es or –ies) to the verb for he, she, and it.
Read the following sentences: I. “The simplest way to ensure you aren’t wasting time in any one place […].” II. “[…] something we are losing touch with.” III. “But a call to a friend works just as well as a Facebook message […].” IV. Is social media changing the way we communicate? V. “Nowadays we have more friends in social network rather than in real life.”
To make the negative, use doesn’t for he, she, and it and don’t for I, you, we, and they. To ask questions, use does when the subject is he/she/it and do when the subject is I/you/we/ they.
a) Which of them present an action in progress or a temporary action? b) Which of them are statements that are always true?
2. What is currently going on in your social networks? Conduct a survey in your classroom to know more about that. Go around the class and ask questions to at least four classmates to complete your survey. Report your results to the class. Here are some suggestions for questions, but you can create others. What are people discussing on Facebook this week? What are people tweeting today? What videos are people sharing this week? What games are you playing on your cell phone? What online resources are students using this week to learn English? What kind of memes are you sharing? Who are you interacting the most with? Here are some suggestions to make your oral report. A friend of mine is discussing…
People are using…
People are talking about…
Another friend is…
the topics below. Go around the class and invite two classmates to answer your survey. Add up your results and figure out the yes and no percentages. Report your results to the class. Topics Broadband Internet Do you subscribe to a paid broadband service? Do you ever use a broadband wireless connection? Social networking Do you buy things online? Do you share anything online that you created yourself? Mobile learning Do you ever use your cell phone to access a social networking site? Do you ever use your cell phone to send or receive e-mails? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 19
PART 1 – social networkS
3. How about conducting other surveys in your classroom? In groups, create questions for one of
Vorobyeva/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
My friends are sharing…
19 5/22/16 4:11 PM
Mark Hill/www.HillCartoons.com
4. Take a good look at this cartoon and answer the questions in your notebook.
a) What social networks are represented in the logo “Flitterin”? b) Why did the author use a different font for “litter”? c) What does “litter” mean? d) In your opinion, what was the cartoonist’s intention? Do you agree with it?
5. Use some of the words in the box to write four sentences describing what the people in the cartoon above are doing. carry read eat type drink text pizza books web juice soda cell phone
UNIT 1 – making connections
6. Read the text and complete it by replacing each number with the right option. Use your notebook.
Ways to Make New Friends and Meet People Make Friends | Making Friends Online | Meeting People Online | How to find Friends | Finding Friends
Listen and Ask Questions
n n
n
[…] By being a good listener, you 1 others know that you 2 what they have to say
n
[…]. You can let others know you 3 attention by making eye contact while they 4 , then asking a question or two about what they 5 . […]
20 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 20
n
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 1:25 PM
Give a Compliment
n
Everyone 6 an ego boost. Noticing something you like about someone and sharing it with him or her is a great way to forge a connection and 7 a conversation. When giving a compliment, be honest and genuine. […]
n
Join a Club or Team
n
Having an interest in common with another person 8 both of you something to talk about. No matter if that interest is reading, rugby or rock ’n’ roll, pursuing it with other people is fun and gives you a sense of meaning and belonging. Clubs, teams and other groups also 9 toward common goals, […] 10 you how to solve problems and 11 you bond with others.
n
n
n
[…]
Form a Study Group
n
12 your math teacher give super-hard exams? […] Round up a few others from your class to study together each week. Ask your teacher if you could pass around a sign-up sheet or make an announcement about the group after class. […] Make flash cards together or quiz one another. Bring snacks and 13 what 14 in your life. You’ll have new friends before you know it.
n
n
[…] Available at . Accessed on April 7, 2016.
8 n
a) gives
b) are giving
n2 a) are valuing
9 n
a) are working
b) work
b) let b) value
n3 a) are paying
10 a) are teaching n
b) pay
b) teach
n4 a) are speaking
11 a) are helping n
b) speak
b) help
n5 a) are saying
12 a) Does n
b) say
b) Is
n6 a) is loving
13 a) is sharing n
b) loves
b) share
n7 a) is starting
14 a) is going on n
b) start
b) goes on
What is the function of the four subtitles in the text? Answer in your notebook. a) To talk about actions in progress. b) To give instructions. c) To give tips.
8. Go back to the text “Managing Your Social Network Addiction”, in the Let’s read! section. What are the subtitles in bold used for? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 21
PART 1 – social networkS
7.
n1 a) are letting
21 5/26/16 1:26 PM
Let’s act with words! Infographics According to PC Mag Encyclopedia, “(Information Graphics) is an umbrella term for illustrations and charts that instruct people, which otherwise would be difficult or impossible with only text.” Adapted from . Accessed on April 7, 2016.
Pay attention to the following infographic. Available at . Accessed on February 15, 2016.
1.
Did you know…? Figures are numerical symbols.
See the other parts of this infographic at . Accessed on April 7, 2016.
2. Take a look at some of the characteristics usually found in infographics. Which of them can you find in the UNIT 1 – making connections
one above? Answer in your notebook. a) title
e) figures
j) information divided in parts
b) connected visual and verbal information
f) color
k) arrows
g) frames
l) statistics
h) graphics
m) boxes
i) numbered sequences
n) sources
c) charts d) information presented in a simple way
22 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 22
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 1:26 PM
Available at . Accessed on February 15, 2016.
Let's create an infographic about making connections Your task here is to instruct your classmates about making connections by means of an infographic. Use the infographics in this unit as a reference. Typical grammar patterns: Imperative Structure: Facts and instructions in frames; visual information; Suggested theme: Instructions on making connections. Writing Steps Organizing Before you start, find more infographics on the Internet, in magazines or in newspapers and make a collection of them. Observe their characteristics. Read the infographics in this unit. Read your collection of infographics. Make a list of elements to include in your infographic. Preparing the first draft Make a first draft. Use a glossary or dictionary to help you. Find icons to illustrate it. Peer editing Evaluate and discuss it with a classmate. Make the necessary corrections. Publishing Write the final version of your infographic and include it in your portfolio or publish it on Wikispaces. You can also build an online infographic with free diagramming tool. Genre: Infographic Purpose: To instruct your classmates about making connections
Setting: Wikispaces Writer: You or your group Audience: Classmates or wiki readers Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 23
Sources: http://www.marketingpilgrim.com/2011/07/the-dyi-guide-to-infographics-infographic.html http://columnfivemedia.com/what-is-an-infographic/ http://spyrestudios.com/the-anatomy-of-an-infographic-5-steps-to-create-a-powerful-visual/
Parts of the infographic at . Accessed on April 7, 2016.
PART 1 – social networkS
Tone: Informal
23 5/22/16 4:11 PM
Learning tips How to learn more vocabulary
BRFuzetti/ID/BR
Learning vocabulary means knowing not only the meaning of the words, but also how to use them in context. To know a word also implies spelling, pronunciation, collocation, register or style, changes in form, and grammar information. How to learn new words: Read a lot. Listen to music and pay attention to the lyrics. Watch movies and pay attention to the new words. Use a good dictionary. Build a personal glossary. Use vocabulary graphic organizers. Have you ever recorded new words in graphic organizers? Find several kinds of graphic organizers to help you learn new vocabulary at Enchanted Learning (accessed on April 7, 2016).
Star
Spider
Fishbone
Beginning
Middle
Venn diagram
Pie Chart / Circle
Cloud
Tree
a + b = c
End
Story Map / Book Report
Math
Many More…
UNIT 1 – making connections
What about building a glossary about jobs and professions? See some examples. Word
Pronunciation
Meaning
Webmaster
/ˈwɛbˌmæstər, -ˌmɑstər/
Someone whose job is to manage a website.
Systems analyst
/ˈsIstəmz ˈænlIst/
Someone whose job is to plan or improve the way that a business or organization uses computers.
Web designer
/ˈwɛb dIˈzaInər/
Someone who plans, designs, creates, and often maintains websites.
24 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 24
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 8:28 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
1
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you’ve learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below: … talking about general truths and regular events. … talking about recent actions in progress. … giving tips and instructions. … expressing opinions. … identifying and using words related to social networks. … identifying the sound “th”. … creating an infographic. … working with free diagramming tools to build infographics.
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English. Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English. Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
PART 1 – social networkS
drbimages/iStock/Getty Images
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I am good at expressing opinions. I need to get better at giving tips and instructions.
25 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U01_010A025.indd 25
5/22/16 4:11 PM
Language in action
1
3
Learn how to
make posters
Learn how
to make recommendations and give warnings, orders and instructions Learn how to talk about safety on the Web
2
EITS/University of Georgia
2
Digital security EITS/University of Georgia
UNIT
Tidarat Tiemjai/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
EITS/University of Georgia
EITS/University of Georgia
4
26 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 26
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 5:09 PM
LEAD-IN 1.
In pairs, look closely at the posters on the previous page and answer the questions. a) What elements first call your attention? b) What is their purpose? c) Where did the creator(s) of these posters get inspiration to produce them? d) In your opinion, what kind of reaction did the producer of these posters want to create in the viewers? Is it an original idea?
2. How much do your classmates know about security on the Web? Make a quick survey with the classmates around you.
Lan Images/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Djomas/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
How can your digital devices be infected by viruses and worms?
What can viruses and worms do to your computer/ smartphone?
What can someone do after stealing your identity?
Niklebedev/ Shutterstock.com/ ID/BR
3. What type of visual effects are used in posters? 4. What kind of information do people usually find in posters? How is this information normally conveyed? 5. Which poster corresponds to each sentence below? Write the answer in your notebook. a) Always use a strong password or passphrase. b) Avoid clicking links, especially any that are requesting private information. c) Avoid sharing files in flash drives in unknown computers. d) Be wary of any unexpected e-mail attachments or links, even from people you know. e) Don’t leave your mobile devices unattended. f) Have an updated anti-virus program. h) Never enter private or personal information into a popup. i) Never needlessly carry around your bills, health plan card, or birth certificate. j) Never send passwords or other private information in an e-mail or message. k) Never write down PIN numbers or passwords. l) Review your social network posts regularly and report any irregularities. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 27
PART 1 – social networks
g) Look for “https://” and a lock icon in the address bar before entering any private info.
27 5/26/16 2:19 PM
LET’S READ!
HINT
Before you read… do you mantain your privacy and keep your personal information safe? you know how to protect yourself against potential online dangers? What do you do?
a) How b) Do
1.
Use seu conhecimento prévio sobre o assunto do texto para ajudar na compreensão.
Read the article below and find out how safely you are browsing on the Web.
Your Guide to Safe Web Browsing Get tips on keeping your computer (and your personal information) safe while on the Internet. Here are some tips for keeping your computer, your data and your personal information safe while browsing the Web: The Basics: • Use anti-virus software on your computer. Anti-virus software will detect and remove viruses or prevent them from ever entering your computer. […] • Use a firewall on your computer. […] A personal firewall will protect your computer against viruses, worms and other Internet threats. • Create and use strong passwords. […] To create a strong password, use both upper and lower case letters. Also, incorporate numbers or punctuation marks to make your password at least eight characters long. A good password is NOT your name, phone number, […]. […] don’t use a word that uses digits in place of letters or passwords that are simply a group of keys right next to each other on the keyboard (asdfghjkl) or one letter or number repeated (44444444444). • Update your security software and change your passwords often. […] It isn’t enough just to download and install security software one time. To keep your computer safe, you must update your protective software regularly. Also, even if your passwords are strong, change them every six months or so. Never use one password […] for multiple online accounts. If one of these systems is compromised, your password from one system may be used to try to enter other systems. • Beware of instant message links and e-mail attachments. A good rule to follow when communicating online is to never open an attachment that you aren’t expecting, even if you know the person who sent it. […] The sender may not even be aware that the link or attachment contains a virus. […] Before you click on that ad for free software or for an online game demo, know that you may also be downloading spyware. […] With spyware, identity theft is just a few clicks away for the intruder. Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
2. Do you follow the tips presented in the article? Which ones? Do you know any other tips UNIT 2 – digital security
that were not included in this text? Write the answer in your notebook.
3. In your notebook, copy the options which refer to the functions of the tips in the text. a) instructions
d) advice
b) warning
e) recommendations
c) orders
f) suggestions
28 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 28
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 2:19 PM
4. Read the article again and write in your notebook the answer to each question. I. What is a strong password? a) It is no more than eight characters long. b) It has more lower case than upper case letters. c) It includes numbers and punctuation marks. II. What can some unscrupulous Internet users do while we are connected? a) They can steal identity. b) They can change information. c) They can delete unpaid bills. III. What can we do to keep our computer safe? a) We can change security software passwords every year. b) We can update security software on a regular basis. c) We can use a strong password for all online accounts. IV. When should we open an e-mail attachment? a) Open it even if it was sent by someone you don’t know. b) Open it if it was sent by someone you know well. c) Open it if you are expecting someone to send it. V. What is the aim of the article “Your Guide to Safe Web Browsing”? a) To give people advice on how they can be safe online. b) To teach people how to install anti-virus software. c) To tell people what to do in case of identity theft.
5. Have you ever had problems similar to the ones mentioned in the text? What happened? Tell a classmate what the problem was.
Vocabulary Corner Theft a) robbery
b) change
Often a) frequently
b) rarely
Threats a) sites for hackers
b) sources of danger
Keep a) maintain
b) prevent
Be aware a) to allow something to happen Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 29
b) to know that something exists
PART 1 – social networks
Do you know the meaning of these words used in the article “Your Guide to Safe Web Browsing”? If necessary, find them in the article and use the context to help you choose the best option here. Answer in your notebook.
29 5/26/16 2:20 PM
6. Read the following problems. What advice would you give to these students? Answer in
2
My friend and I said some bad things about another girl on Twitter and she found out. We didn’t mean for her to see it – were we wrong?
3
My gf constantly wants to go through my phone and when I tell her no she thinks I'm hiding something. She has the passwords to both my Facebook and Myspace and goes through them everyday. If I change them she says I'm hiding something and makes me give her the new ones or threatens to leave and says she doesn't trust me if she doesn't have them. What should I do?
GlebStock/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Some girls are sending me mean texts and Facebook messages. I don’t respond, but it’s starting to hurt. What do I do?
GlebStock/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
1
Adrian Brand/Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
your notebook.
Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
UNIT 2 – digital security
LUOJIE/CartoonArts International/The New York Times Syndicate
BEYOND THE LINES...
30 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 30
a) What message does the cartoon convey? b) What advice would you give the Three Little Pigs? c) In what ways does the cartoon criticize people who use the Internet? Do you agree?
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 2:24 PM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
Which sentences taken from the text "Your Guide to Safe Web Browsing" express a recommendation? Write down the answer in your notebook. a) “Use anti-virus software on your computer.” b) “With spyware, identity theft is just a few clicks away for the intruder.” c) “Don’t use a word that uses digits in place of letters […].”
2. Go over the text again. Which recommendations do you find more useful? What else would you recommend to a friend?
3. When we want someone to do (or not to do) something, we use the Imperative. Read your examples in activity 2 and then copy in your notebook the answer for the following question. Why was the Imperative used in each example? a) To describe a recente event. b) To make a recommendation. c) To give instructions. d) To express an action in progress.
4. The tips in the infographic below are incomplete. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to complete them with the missing headings. II Be social - n III Be helpful - n IV Be present - n V Pay it forward nI Share the love - n
D
A
Offer your network advice or suggest people that can help.
B
Participate and contribute.
C
Engage with as many people as possible… not to be confused with just pushing out messages to a list.
D
Make it about them… talk about your network.
E
Build equity by contributing to your network before asking for anything in return… and never take out more than you put in.
A B E
C
Adapted from . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
BEYOND THE LINES... Compare these recommendations to what happens in your social networks. Do the participants behave according to these “rules”? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 31
PART 1 – social networkS
@ Mark Smiciklas/Digital Strategist, IntersectionConsulting.com
5 Ways to Cultivate an Active Social Network
31 5/26/16 5:26 PM
ppart/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Varuna/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Olivier Le Moal/Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
Oleksiy Mark/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
5. There are Dos and Don’ts when using the computer. Look at the pictures. In your notebook:
a) Make recommendations using the following verbs and phrases. You may have to use the negative in some sentences. verbs: phrases:
leave talk throw scan
batteries in designated places.
for computer viruses.
your computer on standby.
to strangers.
b) Write your own recommendation and illustrate with a picture or a drawing.
6. In your notebook, write the instructions on how to open an account on Education UK. The
Available at . Accessed on May 13, 2016.
UNIT 2 – digital security
first one is done for you. A - Fill in your first name.
A
B
C D
E
32 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 32
F
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 1:44 PM
What does each sign express: warning or order? Answer in your notebook. C DP Foto CZ/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
A
DON’T YOU
LOVEgraphic/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
7.
TYPE AT ME IN THAT TONE OF sjgh/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
VOICE B
8. We can use the Imperative to give orders, instructions, warnings, or to make
recommendations. In your notebook, write the combination of numbers–letters to arrange the sentences in 4 groups (I, II, III, IV) according to their functions. I
Order
II
Instruction
III
Warning
IV
Recommendation
A If
you’re not sure of the IP address to use, open your router’s setup page and look in its quick-start guide for the correct address. paper when printing.
C Don’t
accept unknown friend requests.
D Monitor
what your friends are sending and sharing with you.
E
Turn on https:// browsing on your Facebook settings.
F
Don’t click on suspicious links.
G Don’t
you dare touch my mouse.
H Download
the Facebook security server.
I
Do not respond to cyberbullying messages.
J
Look out for moving vehicles!
K Don’t
ever give out any personal information.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 33
PART 1 – social networkS
B Save
33 5/26/16 2:44 PM
HINT
Let’s listen and talk!
Pense nas palavras‑chave que poderiam estar relacionadas ao tema do texto e useas para ajudar a identificar os principais tópicos discutidos.
Before you listen… a) Have
you ever felt you were at risk when using a social network? you ever felt you could put your friends at risk? c) What kind of social network practices do you think expose us to more risks? b) Have
3
1.
This audio excerpt was taken from the 50th episode of the Shared Security Podcast sponsored by Security Perspectives, recorded on January 21, 2016. Below are the headings of the topics discussed on the podcast by Tom Eston and Scott Wright with special guest Alex Hamerstone. Listen to two minutes of the podcast and identify the topic under discussion. Write down the answer in your notebook. a) 2016 Reality: Lazy Authentication Still the Norm b) Stop Doing Quizzes on Facebook if You Place any Value on Your Privacy c) Pre-crime Arrives in The UK: Better Make Sure Your Face Stays Off the Crowdsourced Watch List d) The Super Creepy Side of the Internet of Things and Smart Homes e) Xfinity’s Security System Flaws Open Homes to Thieves
2. Look at some images of Facebook applications. Which picture is an example of the topic
3
3
2
4
Available at . Accessed on March 18, 2016
1
Antonio Guillem/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
sidmay/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Available at www.agorapulse.com/features/ facebook-page-apps Acessed on March 16, 2016
under discussion?
3. Listen to the recording again. Which of these statements are true? Answer in your notebook.
UNIT 2 – digital security
a) Facebook quizzes are done by third parties. b) Meaww is a game company associated to Facebook. c) People should not do Facebook quizzes. d) Facebook quizzes combine your feeds with your friends’. e) When you take Facebook quizzes, you are giving access to your e-mail. f) Facebook quizzes are for fun and entertainment purposes only.
34 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 34
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 5:10 PM
4. Look at some quizzes offered by Meaww. a) Have you ever taken any of these quizzes? b) Do you need to answer the quizzes to know the answers? c) What are your answers to the questions in the following quizzes? Available at http://meaww.com/. Accessed on March 18, 2016
4 Available at http://meaww.com/. Accessed on March 18, 2016.
1
Which friend completes you?
2
5 Available at http://meaww.com/. Accessed on March 18, 2016.
Available at http://meaww.com/. Accessed on March 18, 2016
Which friend understands you completely?
What is your sixth sense telling you?
3
6 Available at http://meaww.com/. Accessed on March 18, 2016
Available at http://meaww.com/. Accessed on March 18, 2016
How will your friends react to you getting kidnapped?
Which are your life defining moments?
Which friends are addicted to you?
Adapted from . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
5. Use your answers in activity 4 to record a podcast and share it with your classmates. I’ve (never) answered a quiz on Facebook. I (don’t) need to take a quiz to answer those 6 questions. My answers are… X understands me completely because she/he… really likes me./ … has been my friend since, like, forever. If I am kidnapped, X will… miss me./ … go crazy. My life defining moments are… my birthday./…my holidays at the beach./…my trip to… X completes me because he/she… helps me…/…gives me good advice. My sixth sense is telling me… to study hard/… to be patient/… to be honest/… to be polite/ … I’ll get an A in English. X is addicted to me. We always do things together. We see each other every day. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 35
PART 1 – social networkS
Useful language
35 5/22/16 5:10 PM
Let’s act with words! Study the two posters on this page and the four posters on page 26. Then discuss with a classmate which of the characteristics in the chart they display.
New York State Office for the Prevention of Domestic Violence/ID/BR
Protect IU/Indiana University
1.
Verbal information Only relevant information is presented. The most relevant information is highlighted. Text is in a simple font (Arial, Times New Roman). Text is large and bold. Content is easy to understand. Minimal abbreviations and jargon are used. Information is presented in a logical progression. Information is grouped in sections.
Nonverbal information Color use is logical and consistent. Color is used to organize information. Size is used to emphasize information. Use of white spaces is adequate. Elements are aligned vertically and horizontally. UNIT 2 – digital security
Use of bulleted phrases. Only relevant photos, charts, etc. are included. Adapted from . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
2. Did you notice any other characteristics? Add any other features you think a good poster should display.
36 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 36
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 5:10 PM
Let's create a poster
Maxx-Stu dio/Shutte rstock.com
/ID/BR
Posters are a simple but effective way of publicizing events and communicating important messages to the public at large. Design a poster, keeping in mind that it is important to make it attractive and easy to read. Use the steps below as a guide. Suggested theme: Security on the Web Writing Steps Organizing Decide how you will make your poster. Are you going to make a poster on cardboard by hand? Or do you have access to a computer and printer? Or are you going to publish it on Wikispaces? Choose one simple, memorable message. Get the information from a reliable source, such as from books, people working in the field, or on reputable Internet sites.
Peer editing Ask a classmate to read it and give you feedback. Make the necessary corrections. Publishing Put up your poster on the classroom wall or publish it on Wikispaces. Try to find a location where lots of people will pass by but where it will not get lost in the crowd. You can also take a photograph of your poster and include it in your portfolio. If you have access to the Internet, you can use free Web tools to make an interactive online poster. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_U02_026A037.indd 37
Genre: Poster Purpose: To warn your classmates to be careful when surfing the Net Tone: Formal Setting: School wall or Wikispaces Writer: You or your group Audience: Teacher, classmates, or wiki readers PART 1 – social networkS
Preparing the first draft Prepare the first draft. Place your message in large lettering that will attract attention. More detailed information can also be added in smaller lettering. Have your information checked by somebody with expertise in the subject. Also get somebody to spell-check the information.
37 5/22/16 5:10 PM
let’s study for enem
Uma nuvem de palavras é uma representação visual de um texto. A leitura da nuvem de palavras abaixo indica que o tema do texto ao qual ela se refere é: a) amigos em visita a Chicago.
BRFuzetti/ID/BR
1.
ATENÇÃO: todas as questões foram elaboradas nos moldes das provas originais do Enem. Responda a todas as questões no caderno.
b) conexões em redes sociais. c) mapas de trabalho na Web. d) oportunidades de negócios. e) problemas de conectividade.
2. “In my point of view, Internet becomes part of our life. We also should consider it like simply meeting someone in the street. In any case people can lie both on the Internet and during face-to-face contact. It depends on you, to believe or not. For me, it is easier to communicate with someone by chats and social networks. You can analyse the context of speech. (What to say, how to answer and etc.)” Available at . Accessed on October 29, 2015.
O texto acima foi retirado de um fórum de discussões sobre redes sociais. O ponto de vista do autor desse texto sobre a mentira é o de que: a) chats e redes sociais são facilitadores da mentira. b) é mais fácil mentir quando se está conectado na Web. c) mente-se na internet ou na interação fora da rede. d) mentir faz parte de nossa vida cotidiana. e) o contexto da fala induz alguém a mentir. EITS/University of Georgia
3. A Universidade de Georgia, preocupada com a questão da segurança na Web, divulgou uma série de cartazes para conscientizar a comunidade sobre os problemas da internet. Um deles é o cartaz ao lado que aborda o tema: a) golpe eletrônico. b) programa espião. c) propagação de vírus. d) roubo de anexos. e) senha confiável.
UNIT 2 – digital security
4. O cartaz ao lado alerta sobre um tipo de e-mail que: a) engana usuários desatentos no ciberespaço. b) identifica as pessoas que cometem furtos. c) impede que a pessoa tenha todo o cuidado. d) parece vir de uma empresa como um banco. e) rouba identidades de agentes comerciais.
38 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_Learning_038A039.indd 38
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 2:50 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
2
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you've learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below:
… giving orders, warnings and instructions. … giving advice and making recommendations. … identifying the sound /æ/. … identifying and using words related to security on the Web. … creating a poster.
Examples: I am good at creating a poster. I need to get better at giving orders, warnings and instructions.
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more.
Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English. Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English. Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P01_Learning_038A039.indd 39
PART 1 – social network
amazingmikael/iStock/Getty Images
Make international friends in social networks.
39 5/22/16 5:17 PM
Illustration: Catarina Bessell/ID/BR Photographs: kimberrywood/iStock/Getty Images; Wavebreakmedia/iStock/Getty Images; ktsimage/iStock/Getty Images
40
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 40
5/22/16 5:51 PM
2 Mobile PART
Let’s learn how to create a podcast
LEARNING PLAN Creating interviews Telling and describing past events and asking questions
pod·cast /ˈpɒdˌkæst, -ˌkɑst/
Talking about things that happened at an unspecified time
noun
1 a digital audio or video file or recording, usually part of a themed series, that can be downloaded from a website to a media player or computer: Download or subscribe to daily, one-hour podcasts of our radio show.
Creating an answering machine message and leaving a message Reading and writing texting abbreviations
verb (used without object), verb (used with object)
Nelson Marques/ Shutterstock.com/ ID/BR
2 to record and upload as a podcast:
He podcasts once a week on various topics. She podcasts her lectures.
Adapted from . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
Add audio to Wikispaces. Here are some tips:
Record a simple welcome message.
You can use Audacity or Podomatic to record your podcast. They are free. Go to Audacity or to Podomatic and learn how to do it. Accessed on October 30, 2015. See detailed instructions on how to produce and publish a podcast at Wikihow (accessed on October 30, 2015).
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 41
Syda Productions/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Record yourself singing or reading a poem. Record a short news report about your school or town.
41 5/23/16 8:25 PM
Language in action
1
Learn how to
create interviews
Learn how to
tell and describe past events Learn how to ask questions
Images related to the history of the radio.
Private collection. Photography: NBC Studios/ID/BR
3
On the waves of the radio Popperfoto/Getty Images
UNIT
2
1966
gaspr13/iStock/Getty Images
1907 4
2011 6
Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
5
Valua Vitaly/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
3
Ezra BaileyMore/Getty Images
Bill Ray/Time & Life Pictures/Getty Images
1940
2012
42 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 42
2014 Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 5:48 PM
LEAD-IN 1.
What do the images on the previous page portray? Share your thoughts with your classmates.
2. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to relate the stages in the history of the radio to the pictures on the previous page.
nA People can now listen to radio stations when they are online. nB The radio was reduced in size and became portable. nC People can listen to the radio wherever they are on their mobile devices. nD People got together to listen to the news or the soaps on the radio. nE Actors got together around a microphone to record the soaps on the radio/radio show. nF Almost every car has a radio.
HINT Faça uma leitura rápida e superficial apenas para identificar a ideia geral e, assim, o tipo de show descrito no texto.
3. Read the excerpts of a radio show. What kind of show is it? Use your notebook. a) A sitcom. b) The top 10 hits. c) An interview. d) A commercial.
Excerpt 2 Elvis Duran and the Morning Show. ED: Hey! So here it is Friday. I was looking for the coolest person on earth to talk to kick off my weekend. B: Who would that be? ED: You. You, Bethany. B: I don’t think that’s true. ED: But I found the second coolest. Please welcome to the Friday show, Lady Gaga.
Excerpt 3 ED: […] The song that you performed the other night on the Academy Award Show. This is what’s getting so much attention right now. You must be so proud of this song. Lady Gaga: Thank you. I am so... so proud to hear the song, er... being, you know, heard... see that... see it’s being heard and see the effect, I mean, what I've witnessed since the performance’s really the most astounding thing I’ve ever seen. There’s so many people in the world that feel alone, and this song, it heals them by bringing them together, and it also, you know, remind people that don’t feel alone to have empathy for others. ED: You know what I like about this song and watch you perform it that night with all the sexual assault survivors on stage and, you know, even though it’s about such a serious, serious, deep, deep subject, it really is a great song about healing and celebrating. […]
Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Excerpt 1 Lady Gaga: […] I just want to say “thank you” to you from the bottom of my heart for talking to me about this issue today on your morning radio show. I know, you know, it’s not something that everyone wants to drive to work thinking about, but it will mean a lot to so many people that felt so unheard for so long, I mean, I can´t tell you how many people in my life, that I’ve known for my entire life, have come forward to tell me that they have had a dramatic experience and that this has helped them. Thank you for, you know, doing this for me.
Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
4. In your notebook, copy the first and the last word of the following parts of the text. 4
b) The body of the text.
c) The closure of the text.
5. Now, read and listen to the excerpts in the correct order and check your answers. 6. The song Lady Gaga performed at the 88th Academy Awards ceremony, in 2016, was “Til It Happens to You.” It talks about the pain caused by sexual abuse. a) Should people wait for bad things to happen in order to react? b) What is your reaction when you listen to stories of child abuse? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 43
PART 2 – mobile
a) The introduction of the text.
43 5/26/16 5:46 PM
HINT
LET’S READ!
Fazer previsões sobre o texto antes de lê-lo pode ajudar você a lidar com o vocabulário novo.
Before you read… Look at the text below. Pay attention to the title and subtitle. What kind of information do you expect to find there?
1.
Now read the text carefully to check your predictions. Do the activities on the next page and make sure you answer them in your notebook.
Did you know…? Nova Quilombo/ID/BR
The Invention of the Radio Radio is the branch of telecommunication that involves the propagation of electromagnetic waves through space. Many scientists dreamed of discovering a way to wireless communication, but didn’t succeed until the late nineteenth century. James Clerk Maxwell developed the first radio-wave theorem in 1864. He proved, mathematically, that if an electrical interruption is of short distance from the point at which it occurred, there would be effect or passage of electrical current due to “some sort of waves that move at the speed of light”, in which the electromagnetic energy would travel. Heinrich Hertz experimented with Maxwell’s thesis in 1888. He demonstrated that “waves traveled in straight lines and that they could be reflected by a metal sheet.” He tested with two conductors separated by a short gap (5ft). This idealism was advanced by the Italian physicist Guglielmo Marconi (seen on the next page), who repeated Hertz’s experiments with a spark gap of 30ft and succeeded.
UNIT 3 – On the waves of the radio
Augusto Righi, an Italian physicist, continued and refined Hertz’s work establishing the equality between electrical and optical vibrations. Another scientist, Temistocle Calzecchi-Onesti, constructed, in 1888, a “tube” due to his belief that electrical discharges of atmospheric perturbations influence iron filings. In 1894, Oliver Lodge named Temistocle’s famous “tube” the “coherer” and increased the reception gain of the hertzian waves. All that was left was the Russian, Popov (Alexander Popoff), to create a vertical metal pole by using Lodge’s coherer and collecting atmospheric disturbances in a rudimentary antenna. The invention of these instruments helped Guglielmo Marconi’s discovery. Marconi verified that electromagnetic waves travel between two points separated by an obstacle. This led to the creation of the first radio transmitter... This experiment was repeated with larger spark gaps (started with 5 ft; expanded to 100 km). Radiotelegraphy was born.
Radio New Quilombo FM was founded on April 6, 1986 in Palmares (PE). It is recognized as one of the largest stations in the Northeast. The radio is an absolute audience leader in more than 50 towns around the southern forest, wild, Pernambuco coast and north of Alagoas. […] We can also listen to it on the Web: . Accessed on May 13, 2016.
Did you know…?
Yandê/iD/BR
How did the Radio Originate?
The objetive of Yande Radio is the dissemination of Brazilian indigenous culture. Listen to it on the Web: . Accessed on May 13, 2016.
Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
44 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 44
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 6:35 PM
a) What is the purpose of the text? b) Relate the sentences below to the corresponding paragraphs and find out the main ideas of the text. Write down the answer in your notebook. I. The behavior of radio waves was described. II. A theoretical basis was established. III. Understanding was refined to generate a working prototype. IV. Scientists from other areas expanded the existing knowledge. c) Do you think the information on the website is reliable? How do you check information when you search on the Web?
2. Many scientists were involved in the creation of the radio. Write the correct combination of
nE Temistocle Calzecchi-Onesti
nF Alexander Popoff
nI He created the first radio-wave formula. nII He proved that radio waves are transmitted in straight lines. III He discovered that radio waves travel through an obstacle. n IV He established the equality between electrical and optical vibrations. n nV He believed in the influence of electrical discharges of atmospheric perturbations.
VI He came up with the name “coherer.” n VII He incorporated a rudimentary antenna. n Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 45
Science Photo Library/Latinstock
nD James Clerk Maxwell Etabeta/Alamy/Latinstock
nG Augusto Righi Did you know…? Antenna – plural antennas or antennae.
PART 2 – mobile
nC Oliver Lodge Popov Memorial Museum, Saint Petersburg. Photography: ID/BR
nB Guglielmo Marconi Guglielmo Marconi Foundation, Bologna. Photography: ID/BR
nA Heinrich Hertz
NYPL/Science Source/Getty Images
HARLINGUE / ROGER-VIOLLET/ AFP
©MP/Leemage/AFP
letters–numbers to match the names to the facts. Answer in your notebook.
45 5/26/16 5:50 PM
3. In which tense is the text “The Invention of the Radio” mostly written? Answer in your notebook. a) past b) present c) future
4. Make a list of the verbs in the text that justify your previous answer. What do most of them have in common?
5. Do you like listening to the radio? If so, what types of radio programs do you listen to? Pronunciation spot – final -ed
1.
In the Simple Past, the -ed sound is pronounced differently depending on the preceding sound. Verbs ending in… voiced sounds: -ed → /d/
5
2.
voiceless sounds: -ed → /t/
/t/ or /d/: -ed → /ıd/
Listen to the verbs below. Then list them in the appropriate column: /d/, /t/ or /ıd/. Use your notebook. developed experimented constructed occurred played improved helped verified continued repeated succeeded proved demonstrated
1.
Read the text “The Invention of the Radio” again and find the correct word for the definitions below. a) Having no wires (adjective, 8 letters). b) An electronic device consisting of a system of electrodes (noun, 4 letters). c) Presenting magnetism produced by electric charge (adjective, 15 letters). d) Electromagnetic radiations (noun, 5 letters). e) Tests, trials (noun, 11 letters).
TheFinalMiracle/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Vocabulary Corner
Karina Kononenko/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
UNIT 3 – On the waves of the radio
f) A device that sends and receives waves (noun, 7 letters).
46 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 46
RamCreativ/iStock/Getty Images
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:04 PM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
Let’s remember! Read these sentences and pay special attention to the words in bold. “How did the radio originate?” “Many scientists dreamed of discovering a way to wireless communication, but didn’t succeed until the late nineteenth century.” “[Heinrich Hertz] demonstrated that waves […] could be reflected by a metal sheet.” “All that was left was the Russian, Popov (Alexander Popoff), to create a vertical metal pole […].” “This led to the creation of the first radio transmitter…”
2. Copy in your notebook the answer for the following question. What is the function of the Simple Past? a) To talk about completed actions in the past.
d) To talk about unspecified time actions.
b) To talk about actions in progress in the past.
e) To talk about facts and habits in the past.
c) To talk about uncompleted actions.
f) To talk about a sequence of events in the past.
3. Based on activity 1 and on your own knowledge, replace the letters below with the appropriated words to complete the rules. Use your notebook.
n
Add A to the end of regular verbs.
n n Use n D for the interrogative and n E for the negative forms. nF verbs have a special form which we need to know by heart.
The Simple Past of the verb be is B (I, he, she, it) and C (you, we, they).
4. Which of these statements about the radio are true? Answer in your notebook. a) The invention of the radio was possible at the beginning of the 19th century. b) James Clerk Maxwell invented the first radio. c) In 1888, Heinrich Hertz tested Maxwell’s assumption. d) Hertz’s experiment was replicated by Marconi without much success. e) Temistocle named the coherer in 1888. f) Scientists found that radio communication involves the transmission of electromagnetic waves.
5. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to match the questions to the answers.
nI Where was Guglielmo Marconi born? nII When was the first radio-wave formula created? III Who created the name “coherer”? n IV What was constructed in 1888? n nV How do radio waves travel? VI Why can we say that the radio was collaboratively invented? n Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 47
nA In straight lines. nB Because many inventors were involved. nC In 1864. nD Oliver Lodge. nE A “tube”. nF In Italy.
PART 2 – mobile
If necessary, read again the text “The Invention of the Radio”.
47 5/26/16 5:46 PM
6. Replace the letters in the text with the past form of the verbs below, and learn about the history of podcasts. Use your notebook. allow become (x2) explode help include start decide
A Brief History of Podcasting Podcasting A part of the general lexicon almost overnight. The technology behind podcasting comes from RSS news feeds, which were developed by programmer and blogging pioneer Dave Winer. Former MTV VJ Adam Curry had been pushing for a new way to do RSS with multimedia, and B encourage Winer to develop RSS with enclosures. That technology C people to publish RSS feeds with audio or video, but it took a few years before regular podcasts were launched. In the summer of 2004, Winer D a protopodcast called Morning Coffee Notes and Curry started his Daily Source Code show. Curry
E to start coding his own podcast software called iPodder, and was hoping to get other programmers to join in on the open source software project. Eventually, iPodder F the basis for other “podcatching” software programs, which help you manage and subscribe to podcasts. In 2005, when Apple’s iTunes G podcatching software as well as a podcast directory, the medium H . [...] Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
7.
The following pieces of information were taken from another text about the history of podcasting (How to podcast. Available at , accessed on April 11, 2016). Write questions in your notebook. The answers should be the underlined parts. Example: When did weblogs start to appear? Weblogs started to appear after the appearance of the Internet. a) The next step in the history of podcasting was audio blogging. b) The problem with audio blogs was that readers had to check for new MP3 files. c) The spoken word added a new personal element to the media of blogging. d) The first appearance of the word “podcast” in history was in an article in The Guardian.
Tharin kaewkanya/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
UNIT 3 – On the waves of the radio
e) The creation of the term is credited to Ben Hammersley who wrote the article and used podcast as a synonym for audio blogging or amateur internet radio.
48 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 48
saki80/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:09 PM
Turn on the jukebox! Before you listen… a) Do
you listen to music on the radio? Can you list some current trending songs? b) Love is a frequent topic used in songs. What are your favorite love songs? 6
1.
Read and listen to the song, and then answer the following questions in your notebook.
Love Is on the Radio (by McFly)
I was alone and my stomach was twisted But I can get up now, the dark clouds have lifted
Just one thing holding us together A four letter word and it lasts forever
Back in the old life before you existed I couldn’t see right My windows were misted
Chorus Love is on the radio Love is on the radio (turn it up, turn it up) × 6
Said one word, make me feel much better Starts with “L” and it’s got four letters Chorus Things are looking up Looking up (hey) There’s magic everywhere you go Strangers stop to say hello (hello, hello, hello) So turn it up Turn it up (hey) As loud as you can make it go ‘Cause love is on the radio Now that I’ve found you my heart’s beating faster We could be happy forever and after We could be married, like Mrs. and Mr. We’ll have a son and we’ll give him a sister
Funny one thing led to another You came along, filled my days with colour And it’s been an everlasting summer Since we found each other Chorus So turn it up Turn it up (hey) As loud as you can make it go Play until your speakers blow And listen ‘till your ears explode ‘Cause love is on the radio Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
2. The song mentions a four-letter word. Which word is that? 3. How would you describe the singers’ feelings? Pessimistic or optimistic? In your notebook, copy parts of the lyrics that support your answer.
4. The lyrics contains some elements used to describe life before and after love. In your notebook, classify the following moments as before or after love. d) inability to see
f) misted windows
b) twisted stomach
e) fast-beating heart
g) days with colour
c) everlasting summer
5. What is the objective of this comparison between moments in the song? Use your notebook. a) To express that everybody changes after finding love. b) To illustrate the sadness the person was feeling before love. c) To show that love has the magical power to change things. 6
6. Listen to the song again and sing along! 7. Record a podcast of yourself singing this song or any other you like. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 49
HINT Ouvir você mesmo falando inglês, além de uma boa prática, pode ser uma excelente oportunidade para ter uma ideia de como as pessoas ouvem você.
PART 2 – mobile
a) no dark clouds in the sky
49 5/26/16 3:10 PM
Profession spot Did you know…?
Radio jobs
1.
Read some ads for radio jobs and answer the following questions in your notebook. a) Which one of these jobs pays more? b) How much would the salary be in Brazilian currency per month? c) Which job seems to be the most difficult one? d) Which job would you apply for? Why?
Mobile site
|
US site
|
Sign in
|
Register
|
OTE is the abbreviation for on-target earning. It means that the worker can achieve a certain amount of money depending on the results of his/her work.
Site Map
Marketing Executive England
| £25000 - £30000 per annum + Benefits | SPOTLIGHT RECRUITMENT
As the Marketing Executive, you will be expected to work across multiple channels, international markets and take on a wide variety of tasks. We are looking for a creative, yet analytical person with experience using various systems. This is a home-based role, so you need to be independent and not be afraid to take initiative! View details
|
14 days ago |
Save
Media Sales Executive - (Sports, Fashion, Tech) London (Greater)
|
£18-24k with OTE of £35,000
|
MEDIA EXCHANGE
If you are interested in media, have a confident personality and enjoy selling then media sales could be the perfect career path for you! What is […] View details
|
Save
Temporary/Contract Roles - Reception, Team Admin, PA, EA - within the creative Media Industry
UNIT 3 – On the waves of the radio
London (Central), London (Greater) | Hourly rate equivalent at all levels PULSE SEARCH & SELECTION LIMITED
|
If you’re immediately available and looking for temporary or contract roles within some of London’s leading media companies, (advertising, marketing, PR, TV, film, post production, fashion) don’t hesitate to get in touch! View details
50 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 50
|
Expiring today |
Save
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 5:52 PM
Media Planner/Buyer (TV) / Advertising / West Midlands West Midlands
|
£24000 - £30000 per annum + benefits
|
PITCH CONSULTANTS
As Account Manager you’ll run and develop a number of exciting client accounts so will need a proven background in media planning/buying and a clear ability to develop campaigns that deliver tangible results for clients, and in turn further opportunities for the agency. View details
|
20 days ago |
Save
Regional PR Officer, London London (Greater)
|
£21,000 - £23,000
|
UNITED BROADCASTERS
UB is looking for a confident communications professional with excellent people and networking skills who will work locally in and around London to promote the work of United Broadcasters which will include representing and assisting with the coordination of radio content, outside broadcasts and other attended events. View details
|
7 days left |
Save
Adapted from . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
2. The website allows you to refine your search for radio jobs according to the categories below. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to match these categories and the refinements possible. The first one is done for you! Example: I -J
nI Location nII Job Function III Job Level n IV Industry n nV Salary VI Hours n VII Contract n VIII Listing Type n IX Education Level n nX Recruiter Type
Possible refinements A Permanent 25 Temp 2 Contract 2 B Media, Radio C £10,000 - £20,000 9 £20,000 - £30,000 27 £30,000 - £40,000 13 £40,000 - £60,000 11 £60,000 - £80,000 2 D A levels/Advanced GNVQ 1 Undergraduate degree (or equivalent) 14 E Full Time 28 Part Time 1 F Job vacancy 27 Graduate scheme 2
n n n
n
n n
3. What do you think the number after each refinement means? 4. Do some research and make a list of other radio professionals. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 51
nG Entry Level 2
Graduate 7 Experienced (non manager) 9 Management 1 Senior Executive 2 H Administration 2 Finance 1 Marketing/PR 3 Sales 11 I Direct Employer 7 Recruitment Consultant 22 J England 25 South East England 24 London (Greater) 23 East of England 1 West Midlands Region 1 Homeworking 2
n n n
PART 2 – mobile
Categories
51 5/22/16 5:52 PM
Let’s act with words! Interview What is an interview? An interview is a meeting in which someone asks another person, especially a famous person, questions about themselves, their work, or their ideas, in order to publish or broadcast the information.
Host Sway Calloway (L) interviews the singer Tyrese Gibson (R). New York, USA, 2016.
1.
Beto Martins/Futura Press
Jamie McCarthy/Getty Images
Available at . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
Brazilian swimmer Thiago Pereira being interviewed by the local press. São Paulo, Brazil, 2013.
Read the text carefully. Which strategies do you consider the most effective?
Tips on How to Interview Like a Journalist I. Find a good interviewee: Seek out a good subject. “The truth is that some people have a good story to tell on a subject, and others don’t. Some people are naturally talented at being interviewed, and others aren’t,” said copywriter Star Zagofsky. II. It’s your job to research: Know the answers to basic questions such as the individual’s background, hot topics, what the person has worked on, is currently working on, and what they’re trying to promote. III. Make them comfortable: Place them in a comfortable location with friendly surroundings. Be professional and friendly – not pushy. IV. Send a list of questions beforehand or not: It’s sometimes a good idea to give a skeletal list of questions so the interviewee can prepare appropriately. But don’t give them all your questions as you still want some spontaneity in the interview.
UNIT 3 – On the waves of the radio
V. Record the interview: You must record your interviews for many reasons: it’s the ethical thing to do; you can actually have a natural conversation; you can focus on the subject and not on your notebook; and you reduce the fear of being misquoted. Adapted from . Accessed on April 11, 2016.
2. Now organize yourselves in groups. Discuss the questions below based on the text you have read. a) What is the best tip, in your opinion? Why did you choose this one? b) In your experience as a listener, what makes a good radio interview? c) Who do you consider a good interviewer? Think about television, radio, etc. What qualities can you highlight in a good interviewer?
52 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 52
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 5:52 PM
Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
3. Here are some features found in written and oral interviews. Sort out the features according to the interview type. Some features may be found in both. Answer in your notebook.
nI Written interview nII Oral interview nA hesitation noises nB quotations nC gap fillers nD open questions nE title
nF “yes” and “no” questions nG multimedia texts nH false starts nI images nJ colloquial language
Let's do an interview about radio What about interviewing an older person about radio? Typical grammar patterns: WH-questions, past tense Key vocabulary items: Radio, soap opera, news, ads, interviews, artists, like, prefer, etc. Structure: Questions and answers Writing Steps
Peer editing Evaluate and discuss the interview with a classmate. Make the necessary changes. Publishing Write the final version of your interview and publish it on Wikispaces. Keep a copy in your portfolio. Read more about interviewing at and . Both accessed on April 11, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 53
Genre: Interview Purpose: To know about someone’s experience Tone: Wikispaces Setting: Blog Writer: You or your group Audience: Classmates or wiki readers
PART 2 – mobile
Preparing the first draft Write a short text to introduce your interviewee. Write the interview in Portuguese and ask your interviewee if he or she approves it. Choose some interesting questions and answers and translate them into English. Use an online translator to help you. (Read about this tool on page 54.) Edit the translation and make the necessary corrections.
Janet Faye Hastings/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Organizing Get basic information about your interviewee. Make a list of questions in Portuguese. Interview elderly people (you can record the interview or take notes).
53 5/26/16 3:10 PM
Learning tips BRFuzetti/ID/BR
How to use an online translator tool
An online translator is a tool which can help you with translations, but it has limitations and you must revise the text to make it more accurate. See an example below. Você ouve rádio? — Muito pouco. Você costumava ouvir rádio quando era criança? — Sim, eu gostava muito de rádio. Eu adorava os programas de humor e as novelas. Now, read the translation and pay attention to the interrogative form.
You listen to the radio? — Very little. You used to listen to the radio as a child? — Yes, I loved the radio. I loved sitcoms and soap operas.
UNIT 3 – On the waves of the radio
Notice the suggested final version below.
Do you listen to the radio? — Very little. Did you use to listen to the radio as a child? — Yes, I loved the radio. I loved sitcoms and soap operas. What about using an online translator tool to find more professions and jobs in English and then enlarge your glossary?
54 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 54
Não escreva no livro.
5/22/16 5:52 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
3
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you've learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below:
… telling and describing events in the past. … asking questions using WH-words. … presenting interviewed people. … identifying sounds with final -ed. … producing an interview.
Examples: I liked asking questions using WH-words. I need to get better at producing an interview.
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English. Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U03_040A055.indd 55
Ask for help. Other.
PART 2 – mobile
Image Source/Getty Images
Watch some tutorial videos in English.
55 5/23/16 4:25 PM
1
Learn how to talk
about things that happened at an unspecified time Learn how to create an answering machine message and how to leave a message Read and write texting abbreviations
TCmake_photo/iStock/Getty Images
3
Available at . Accessed on February. 10, 2016.
Language in action
2
Available at . Accessed on February. 10, 2016.
4
Going mobile Available at . Accessed on February. 10, 2016.
UNIT
Did you know…? Emojis were created in the late 1990s by NTT DoCoMo, the Japanese communications firm. The word emoji is a contraction of the words e and moji, which roughly translates to pictograph. Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
56 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 56
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 10:41 AM
LEAD-IN 1. Take a look at the pictures from the previous page. Where can you find them? 2. How often do you use emojis to communicate with friends and family? 3. Focus on the messages from the previous page. What do they have in common? Answer in your notebook. a) Mixture of emoji and written language.
c) Colloquial and abbreviated use of words.
b) Use of picture + part of a word or just picture to convey meaning.
d) Standard use of punctuation and capital letter. e) Humor.
4. Read message 1. What do the images mean? Answer in your notebook. a) He/She went dancing about a week ago.
c) He/She moved away about a week ago.
b) He/She was sleeping about a week ago.
5. Read message 2 on page 56. In your notebook, replace the emojis (represented in the box below by letters) with the appropriate words. “Now this is a A all about how my life got B C and D now Id like to take a E just F I’ll tell ya how I became a G of a H called I .”
6. Look at message 3. What does “Whale-atar” mean? 7. What are the meanings of the following emojis?
B
E
C
F
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 57
Did you know…? While in American English we say “cell phone,” in British English the term is “mobile phone.”
PART 2 – mobile
D
Illustrations: Iemoji. Facsimile: ID/BR
A
57 5/26/16 5:52 PM
Let’s listen and talk! 7
1.
HINT
Listen to the messages that some people recorded on their voicemail. What is the common characteristic to all of them? Write the answer in your notebook. a) They are all serious.
b) They are all very long.
c) They are all funny.
2. Below is the transcript of the messages you heard in activity 1. What words are missing? Replace the letters with the most suitable words to complete the text. Use your notebook.
Manter na memória o contexto imediato do que se escuta ajuda a compreender palavras que deverão ser inseridas em lacunas.
Message 1 “Hello? Hello? Hello? Hello? Hello? Must be having A difficulties, so leave a B .” Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
Message 2 “Hi. I’m not C to come to the D right now, so please leave a E for my cat who will return your F as soon as he finishes a six-hour G , has a two-hour H , sharpens his claws on my fine I modern couch, makes a J in his little
K and finds some poor unsuspected L to kill and leave on my front M step. N for the meow. Meow!” Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
Message 3 “Hello. I’m home O now, but I can’t find the P . Please leave a long, loud Q to help me locate R .” Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
7
3. Listen to the messages again and check if your predictions in activity 2 were correct. 4. What message would you leave if you called people and heard these voicemail messages? 5. Get ready to record two different messages for a cell phone. Follow the instructions below. Write the message drafts in your notebook. Message 1: Prepare the text of a message being yourself. A Greeting
B Apologize for not being able to answer
C Request a message
Message 2: Prepare the text of a message being an important businessman/ businesswoman. Remember to use formal language. A Greeting
B Apologize for not being able to answer Now you’re ready to record the two messages!
C Request a message
6. What does your ringtone say about you (headbanging rocker, gamer, sci-fi nerd, TV addict, etc.)? Think of the last ones you chose and share with your classmates what they say about you.
Pronunciation spot – final -e UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
8
1.
Listen to these words. Copy them in your notebook using a capital letter to show the last sound you hear. take
2.
message
phone
time
leave
creature
able
What did you notice? Choose an option to complete the hint. Answer in your notebook. When a) a
n is the last letter of the word, it is usually silent; the last consonant is actually the last sound. b) e
c) i
58 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 58
d) o
e) u Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:47 PM
LET’S READ! Before you read… Have you ever played guessing games with emojis? With a classmate, read the names of the following movies and find the corresponding sequence of emojis for each one. Finding Nemo
Free Willy
Slumdog Millionaire
Lord of the Rings
Planet of the Apes
The Phantom of the Opera
Home Alone
The Sisterhood of the Travelling Pants
Titanic
Example:
Stuart Little
A
F
B
G
C
H
D
I
E
J
2. Think of a film or a song and represent it in emojis. Then check if a classmate can guess the name of the film or the song. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 59
PART 2 – mobile
E.T.
Illustrations: BhaviniOnline. Facsimile: ID/BR
1.
59 5/26/16 5:59 PM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
Read this excerpt of an Internet article and answer the questions.
Medicos may have used mobiles to cheat: Cops Pushpa Narayan, TNN May 16, 2012, 04.15AM IST
[…] The Tamil Nadu Dr MGR Medical University Attílio/ID/BR
had withheld results of nine students and lodged a complaint with cyber crime in March after they received complaints from two final year students that nine of their classmates cheated during the exam. The students gave their names and roll numbers. A faculty member also supported the letter. “Police have given us an interim report that suggests there could have been malpractice. We are now waiting for the final report,” said university vice-chancellor Dr Mayil Vahanan Natarajan. […] Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
a) What does the police report suggest? b) Does the text mention when cheating happened? c) What is more important in this text, the fact itself or the time it happened? d) Copy from the text examples of actions which happened at an unspecified time in the past. Which tense is used in these sentences?
Did you know…? Medico: a physician or doctor; a medical student.
2. What is the function of the Present Perfect? Answer in your notebook. a) To talk about past experiences without mentioning when they happened. b) To talk about past experiences which happened at a specified time in the past. c) To talk about a past event that has present consequences.
UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
To make the Present Perfect, use have/has 1 verb in the Past Participle. (You can find a list of some irregular verbs at the end of this book.) For questions, use have/has 1 subject 1 verb in the Past Participle. A: Have you ever used a tablet? B: No, never. We often use ever and never to emphasize experiences or lack of experiences before the present time, respectively.
60 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 60
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:51 PM
3. Work with a classmate. Use your notebook to ask questions and take notes of your classmate’s answers to report back to the class. Examples: use / a tablet – Have you ever used a tablet? leave / a message on a friend’s cell phone – Have you ever left a message on a friend’s cell phone? a) access / wireless Internet on a tablet b) play / online games c) buy / anything online d) make / new friends online daboost/iStock/Getty Images
e) download / content in your cell phone f) use / cell phone in class g) tweet / a famous person h) upload / YouTube content i) need / call your parents in an emergency j) send / e-mail with a smartphone Use never, already, or yet to answer the questions. Examples: I have already used a tablet. I have never used a tablet. I haven’t used a tablet yet.
4. Look at the following pictures and hints and describe what has happened in the last decades. pidjoe/iStock/Getty Images
gielmichal/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
The first one is done for you.
a) (TV sets + larger) TV sets have become larger.
c) (prices + come down) d) (The smartphone + kill + the landline phone) e) (Smartphones + replaced + the need for pocket cameras) f) (Cell phones + become + our inseparable companions) Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 61
PART 2 – mobile
b) (picture quality + improve)
61 5/23/16 10:41 AM
BRFuzetti/ID/B/BR
SNAPCHAT
5. Take a look at this timeline of social media. Then study the two sentences below.
Mario Friedlander/Pulsar Imagens
SLIDESHARE
WORDPRESS
WIKIPEDIA
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
1. SlideShare has been available for several years. 2. Wikipedia has been available since 2001.
Based on the two examples above, replace the letters with the words for or since to complete the rules. Use your notebook.
UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
a) When we want to refer to a period of time, we use A , as in example 1. b) When we want to refer to a point in time, we use B , as in example 2. We use the Present Perfect followed by for or since to talk about events or states which started in the past but are still true now.
62 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 62
Member of ethnic group Paresi in “XII Jogos dos Povos Indígenas,” Cuiabá (MT), 2013. Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 9:39 PM
6. You are going to read a text about how long some social media have been available. To find out the exact information, replace the letters with the words for or since or the correct form of the verbs in parentheses. Write the answers in your notebook.
a) Also known as “snail mail,” the postal service has been available A (for/since) 550 BC. More recently, electronic mail B (make) communication quicker and easier. In fact, people C (be able) to send e-mails for more than fifty years. b) D (For/Since) Guglielmo Marconi first transmitted signals more than a century ago, radio E (become) one of the world’s most common sources of news and entertainment. c) F (For/Since) its invention in 1890, the telephone G (change) significantly over the years. It H (come) a long way from two cups and a string. Today’s phones are technological wonders, constantly getting smaller, more sophisticated, and less expensive. d) I (For/Since) 2003, social networking sites such as Facebook and MySpace allow visitors to create networks of friends and contacts and upload images, music, videos, and news stories. Facebook J (grow) into a website with millions of users who share vital information. Facebook is definitely the leading contender. At the beginning it was MySpace, but this site K (be) in decline for quite a few years now. Over the past two years, MySpace L (lose), on average, more than a million U.S. users a month. e) Twitter M (be) around N (for/since) a while. A “tweet” is a text-based post comprised of up to 140 characters. Tweets O (evolve) from more simple everyday experiences to shared links to Web content, hot topic conversations, photos, videos, and songs.
BEYOND THE LINES... a) Does everybody have access to communication technology in your community?
d) How have the Internet and mobile devices contributed to communication and socialization in your community? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 63
PART 2 – mobile
c) Many people find it rude when a person takes a call during a private social engagement with others. In your opinion, what’s the balance between private vs. public when it comes to using cell phones?
Di Studio/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
b) Do cell phone companies offer good service in your region?
63 5/26/16 3:51 PM
LET’S READ!
HINT Palavras da língua inglesa que se assemelham a palavras da língua portuguesa em forma e significado auxiliam na compreensão da leitura.
Before you read… a) Can b) Do
1.
you write or read texting abbreviations? you find abbreviations helpful? Why or why not?
Read the text and answer the following questions. Use your notebook.
news
sport
comment
New
Science
Language
culture
business
money
life & style
travel
tech
TV
video
offers
jobs
‘I wrote 2U B4’! British Library Shows Up Textspeak as soooo 19th Century David Levene/The Guardian
New exhibition features Victorian poems written like text messages, the rise of RP, and battles over the letter H Mark Brown, Arts correspondent guardian.co.uk, Wednesday 18 August 2010 19.31 BST If u really r annoyed by the vocabulary of the text generation, then a new exhibition at the British Library should calm you down. It turns out they were doing it in the 19th century – only then they called it emblematic poetry, and it was considered terribly clever. Details were announced today of the library’s new exhibition devoted to the English language, exploring its 1,500-year history from Anglo-Saxon runes and early dictionaries to not dropping your Hs and rap. The exhibition will open this winter after three years of planning. […] There will be examples of the linguistic games people played, and a poem from Gleanings From the Harvest-Fields of Literature, published in 1867. In it, 130 years before the arrival of mobile phone texting, Charles C Bombaugh uses phrases such as “I wrote 2 U B 4”. Another verse reads: “He says he loves U 2 X S,/ U R virtuous and Y’s,/ In X L N C U X L/ All others in his i’s.”
A typical text message on a mobile phone. The British Library has unearthed examples of 19th century language using text msg abbreviation. GR8! Photograph: David Levene for The Guardian
[…] • Evolving English: One Language, Many Voices will be at the British Library from 12 November 2010 until 3 April 2011.
UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
Available at . Accessed on April 19, 2016.
a) What kind of text is it?
The Guardian is a British national daily newspaper with Web presence.
b) What does this text tell us about texting? c) Based on the text, can we say that there is a relationship between SMS speak (texting abbreviations) and a type of literature of the past?
64 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 64
Não escreva no livro.
5/25/16 4:11 PM
d) Do you think a poem written in this format today would be considered “literature?” Why (not)? e) Would you say this text is informal only because Mark Brown uses some abbreviations in some parts? f) Why did Mark Brown choose to use the abbreviations? g) In your opinion, what kind of people went to the exhibition? Why?
2. Read the text below and then do the activities that follow it. Liashko/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Texting on cell phones is a worldwide “fad” for good reason. It is a simpler and faster way for people to relay quick and short messages to one another without having to waste calling minutes. However, it’s always good to practice text etiquette for different kinds of situations. Steps: Set the volume to a low level. Learn when and where it is appropriate to text. Prioritize other people’s company over texting. Keep it short, keep it simple. Be cautious about character limit. Respect other’s knowledge of chat acronyms. Text messages should not become discussions. Do not text without permission.
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
In groups: interview a classmate about texting. Follow these steps. a)Talk about attitudes that annoy you regarding the use of cell phones. Create some questions based on your discussion to find out your interviewee’s behavior when talking on the cell phone or texting. You can use ideas from the steps above.
Designer things/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
How to Practice Text Etiquette
b) Interview a classmate and find out if she or he practices text etiquette. Share your findings with the class, and identify as a group which etiquette items could be improved.
What annoys me most about texting is… I hate people talking loud in public spaces. I feel uncomfortable when my friends text while we are talking. I hate listening to the sound of incoming messages. I hate people texting me late at night. How do you feel when…? Do you text during meals/classes/family meetings? Do you text when you are talking to friends at a party? Do you send long messages? Do you use lots of acronyms? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 65
PART 2 – mobile
Useful language
65 5/23/16 9:40 PM
Profession spot
C
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
adamgregor/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
B
D
II A telephonist or switchboard operator is the first point of contact for callers to an organization. He and she answers incoming calls, directs callers to the appropriate person or department, takes telephone numbers, and connects outgoing calls. […]
wavebreakmedia/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
A
kupicoo/Vetta/Getty Images
Read the following definitions of jobs in the telephony field. Then look at the pictures and find the proper definitions for them. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers – letters. I A telephone installer installs, sets up, rearranges, or removes switching, distribution, routing, and dialing equipment […].
wavebreakmedia/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Some jobs in the telephony field
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
III A cell phone salesperson performs face-to-face sales and customer service at a retail store. He or she is responsible for providing each new and returning customer with all information needed to make an educated purchasing decision. […] Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
IV A call center operator answers enquiries from customers by telephone and e-mail. You could also do this by text, fax, and post. If you are looking for a customer service role and you are keen to be part of a team, this job could be ideal for you. […] Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
Vocabulary Corner 1. Do you know any chat acronyms or abbreviations in English? 2. Read the following texting abbreviations. Write in your notebook what they stand for. Top 18 most popular texting abbreviations a) asap: as soon as
d) btw
h) GF
l) lol
p) thx
e) cos
i) gtg
m) oxox
q) w/
b) b4
f) cya
j) jk
n) rofl
r) zzzz
c) BF
g) fyi
k) l8r
o) sup
UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
possible
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
66 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 66
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:54 PM
Let’s act with words! Let’s write a text message “Texting really has changed the way we live. It has made us more available in a passive sort of way. We can send and receive messages at any time, but messages can also easily be ignored if someone involved chooses.” Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
Your task is to write a message to a friend using your cell phone. Before you start, let’s review some of the characteristics of this genre. The sentences are normally simple. The use of abbreviations is very common. The text is organized in short paragraphs. Writing Steps Organizing Find more abbreviations on the Internet. Make a list of elements to include in your message. Preparing the first draft Make a first draft. Make sure that your message follows texting etiquette and is polite. Check the abbreviations. Peer editing Evaluate and discuss your message with a classmate. Make the necessary adjustments.
Purpose: To interact informally Tone: Informal Setting: Cell phone Writer: You Audience: A friend Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_U04_056A067.indd 67
PART 2 – mobile
Genre: Text message
Andrea Slatter/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Publishing Write the final version of your message and send it to a friend. Include a copy in your portfolio or publish it on Wikispaces.
67 5/23/16 9:41 PM
let’s study for enem
ATENÇÃO: todas as questões foram elaboradas nos moldes das provas originais do Enem. Responda a todas as questões no caderno.
Billboard is a weekly American magazine devoted to the music industry, and is one of the oldest trade magazines in the world. [...] It maintains several internationally recognized music charts that track the most popular songs and albums in various categories on a weekly basis. The two most notable charts are the Billboard Hot 100, which ranks the top 100 songs regardless of genre and is based on physical sales, digital sales and radio airplay; and the Billboard 200, the corresponding chart for album sales. Adapted from . Accessed on May 2, 2016.
1.
De acordo com o texto acima, Billboard é: a) a venda on-line dos melhores álbuns de canções produzidos pela indústria americana. b) um programa de rádio que toca as 100 canções mais populares da indústria musical. c) uma indústria musical que publica semanalmente partituras musicais em inglês. d) uma loja que se dedica a divulgar produtos internacionais da indústria da música.
3d_kot/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
e) uma revista semanal especializada em informações sobre a indústria musical. Wireless networking could allow you to offer new products or services. For example, many airport departure lounges, train stations, hotels, cafes and restaurants have installed “hot spot” wireless networking services to allow mobile users to connect their equipment to their “home” offices while travelling. Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
2. Esse excerto sobre redes sem fio fala sobre as vantagens desse tipo de conexão à internet. De acordo com o texto, “hot spots” são: a) equipamentos móveis que servem para mapear meios de transportes, hotéis e restaurantes. b) instalações em escritórios domésticos conectados com pessoas em trânsito nos aeroportos. c) produtos ou serviços oferecidos em redes sem fio para pessoas com permissão de uso móvel. d) redes sem fio que ainda não permitem a oferta de novos produtos e serviços a passageiros. e) serviços que permitem que portadores de equipamentos móveis se conectem à internet.
Mobile computing can improve the service you offer your customers. For example, when meeting with customers you could access your customer relationship management system – over the Internet – allowing you to update customer details whilst away from the office. Alternatively, you can enable customers to pay for services or goods without having to go to the till. For example, by using a wireless payment terminal diners can pay for their meal without leaving their table. Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
3. Este texto sobre computação móvel tem por objetivo: UNIT 4 – GOING MOBILE
a) alertar os leitores sobre a necessidade de atualizar seus dados na web. b) capacitar compradores a usar terminais de pagamento em restaurantes. c) informar aos comerciantes sobre os benefícios da computação móvel. d) oferecer serviços de transação comercial mediada por internet sem fio. e) orientar os consumidores a fazer pagamentos seguros na Internet móvel.
68 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_Learning_068A069.indd 68
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 9:43 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
4
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you've learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below:
… talking about things that happened in an undetermined past. … reading and writing cellphone abbreviations. … creating voicemail messages. … identifying and distinguishing the British sound /a/ from the American sound /æ/. … identifying the final mute sound “-e”. … creating text messages.
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I am good at talking about things that happened in an undetermined past. I need to get better at identifying the final mute sound “-e”.
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English.
Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
PART 2 – mobile
MIXA/Getty Images
Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English.
69 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P02_Learning_068A069.indd 69
5/23/16 9:59 AM
Time for literature Pride AND Prejudice 1. Answer the following questions in your notebook. a) Are you a good reader? How many titles do you read in a year? b) Do you prefer novels, plays, poems, biographies, or “cordel?” Any others? c) Who are your favorite authors? What do you know about them?
Jane Austen was an English writer that came into the world on December 16th, 1775, born to Reverend George Austen and Cassandra Austen. Growing up, the Austen children lived in an environment of open learning, creativity and dialog. Mr. Austen kept a large collection of literature in his home library, which Jane made extensive use of in both reading and writing endeavors. It became quite common for the family to invest time and energy into making home-based productions of existing plays or writing and acting out their own creations. One can only assume that it was in these exercises that the true talent of Jane Austen was being nurtured – through observation, improvisation, acting and participation. Portrait of Jane Austen, the Rice Portrait, by Ozias Humphry, c. 1792-93. Oil on canvas, 142,2 cm × 92,7 cm With her formal education (55.9 in × 36.4 in). Private collection. completed at a boarding school, Jane returns home permanently and sets out to pen the work First Impressions. Little did she know at the time that this single work would become her most popular and enduring piece, becoming the story we now know as Pride and Prejudice. The first draft was completed sometime in 1799. She wrote six novels and they are so undated that lots of movies are continually being made from them.
Private Collection. Photo: Ozias Humphry/Bridgeman Images/Easypix
2. Have you ever heard of Jane Austen? Read this excerpt from one of her biographies and answer the questions in your notebook.
Time for Literature
Adapted from . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
a) How old was Jane Austen when Pride and Prejudice was finished? b) How can her literary success at such an early age be explained? c) Which name was first given to the novel Pride and Prejudice? d) Do you know other young writers?
70 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 70
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:03 PM
b) She went to boarding school to study Law. c) There was a large library in Jane Austen’s home. d) Jane’s family was interested in creating and performing plays.
Portrait of a Woman, by John Singleton Copley, 1755. Oil on canvas, 88,8 cm × 71,1 cm (34.9 in × 27.9 in). Private collection.
Archive Photo/Stock Montage/Getty Images
a) Jane Austen wrote six novels.
Private Collection. Photo: Christie’s Images/ Bridgeman Images/Easypix
3. Which statements below are true? Use your notebook.
Jane Austen’s illustration, by Ken Welsh, from Little Journeys to the Homes of Famous Women, published in 1897. Engraving (later coloration). Private collection.
4. In Jane Austen’s time there was no photography. People were portrayed by painters. Look at the 18th century portrait painted in 1755 by John Singleton Copley, a painter of Irish origin. Compare it to Austen’s picture painted in 1792-93. Notice that there is a pattern in the portraying of women at the time. Look at two portraits. Which statements are true? Answer in your notebook. a) Both girls portrayed are facing the same direction. b) The position of the hands is the same. c) Both girls have caps on their heads. d) The style of the dresses is the same. e) The expressions on both faces are similar. 5. The following extract is the first chapter of the novel Pride and Prejudice, by Jane Austen. Read it and then do the activities that follow.
It is a truth universally acknowledged that a single man in possession of a good fortune must be in want of a wife. However little known the feelings or views of such a man may be on his first entering a neighbourhood, this truth is so well fixed in the minds of the surrounding families, that he is considered as the rightful property of someone or other of their daughters. “My dear Mr. Bennet,” said his lady to him one day, “have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?” Mr. Bennet replied that he had not. “But it is,” returned she; “for Mrs. Long has just been here, and she told me all about it.” Mr. Bennet made no answer. “Do not you want to know who has taken it?” cried his wife impatiently. “You want to tell me, and I have no objection to hearing it.” This was invitation enough. “Why, my dear, you must know, Mrs. Long says that Netherfield is taken by a young Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 71
Time for Literature
Chapter 1
71 5/26/16 4:17 PM
Time for Literature
Time for literature man of large fortune from the north of England; that he came down on Monday in a chaise and four to see the place, and was so much delighted with it that he agreed with Mr. Morris immediately; that he is to take possession before Michaelmas, and some of his servants are to be in the house by the end of next week.” “What is his name?” “Bingley.” “Is he married or single?” “Oh! Single, my dear, to be sure! A single man of large fortune; four or five thousand a year. What a fine thing for our girls!” “How so? How can it affect them?” “My dear Mr. Bennet,” replied his wife, “how can you be so tiresome! You must know that I am thinking of his marrying one of them.” “Is that his design in settling here?” “Design! Nonsense, how can you talk so! But it is very likely that he may fall in love with one of them, and therefore you must visit him as soon as he comes.” “I see no occasion for that. You and the girls may go, or you may send them by themselves, which perhaps will be still better; for, as you are as handsome as any of them, Mr. Bingley might like you the best of the party.” “My dear, you flatter me. I certainly have had my share of beauty, but I do not pretend to be any thing extraordinary now. When a woman has five grown up daughters, she ought to give over thinking of her own beauty.” “In such cases, a woman has not often much beauty to think of.” “But, my dear, you must indeed go and see Mr. Bingley when he comes into the neighbourhood.” “It is more than I engage for, I assure you.” “But consider your daughters. Only think what an establishment it would be for one of them. Sir William and Lady Lucas are determined to go, merely on that account, for in general, you know they visit no new comers. Indeed you must go, for it will be impossible for us to visit him, if you do not.” “You are over-scrupulous, surely. I dare say Mr. Bingley will be very glad to see you; and I will send a few lines by you to assure him of my hearty consent to his marrying which ever he chooses of the girls; though I must throw in a good word for my little Lizzy.” “I desire you will do no such thing. Lizzy is not a bit better than the others; and I am sure she is not half so handsome as Jane, nor half so good humoured as Lydia. But you are always giving her the preference. “They have none of them much to recommend them,” replied he; “they are all silly and ignorant like other girls; but Lizzy has something more of quickness than her sisters.” “Mr. Bennet, how can you abuse your own children in such way? You take delight in vexing me. You have no compassion on my poor nerves.” “You mistake me, my dear. I have a high respect for your nerves. They are my old friends. I have heard you mention them with consideration these twenty years at least.” “Ah! You do not know what I suffer.” “But I hope you will get over it, and live to see many young men of four thousand a year come into the neighbourhood.”
72 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 72
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 2:06 PM
“It will be no use to us if twenty such should come, since you will not visit them.” “Depend upon it, my dear, that when there are twenty I will visit them all.” Mr. Bennet was so odd a mixture of quick parts, sarcastic humour, reserve, and caprice, that the experience of three and twenty years had been insufficient to make his wife understand his character. Her mind was less difficult to develop. She was a woman of mean GLOSSARY understanding, little information, and uncertain chaise and four: coche puxado temper. When she was discontented, she fancied por quatro cavalos (símbolo de herself nervous. The business of her life was to get her abastança) daughters married; its solace was visiting and news. draft: esboço, rascunho Michaelmas: Festa de São “Is he married or single?” Miguel (29 de setembro) “Oh! Single, my dear, to be sure! A single man of solace: consolo large fortune; four or five thousand a year. What a tiresome: aborrecido, cansativo fine thing for our girls!” Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
6. Answer these questions based on the text. a) How many characters are named in this first chapter? b) List in your notebook the named characters in two columns: Male and Female. c) What name can we give to Mr. Bennet’s wife? d) Why is the information that a large house in the neighborhood is soon to be occupied so important to Mr. Bennet’s wife? e) How did Mrs. Bennet learn about the new neighbor? f) How many children do the Bennets have? g) Which of them are mentioned in the first chapter? h) Do the mother and father show any preference for any of the girls? If so, for which one? i) What was the means of transportation used at the time of the story? j) Would you be able to point out, from this first chapter, who is going to be the main character in this story? 7. Write in your notebook what the predominant form in this first chapter is. a) descriptions b) dialogues 8. Choose three examples from the text that confirm your answer in activity 7. 9. Which of the options below expresses this sentence’s idea in a different way? Answer in your notebook. a) It doesn’t matter if twenty young men come to the neighborhood, because you have no intention of visiting them. b) It will be good if twenty young men come to live nearby because then you will visit each one of them. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 73
Time for Literature
“It will be no use to us if twenty such should come, since you will not visit them.”
73 5/26/16 4:02 PM
Time for literature 10. In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to describe the characters presented in this first chapter of the novel.
nA Mr. Bennet nB Mrs. Bennet (×2) nC Lizzy nD Jane nE Mr. Bingley
nI is foolish and always nervous when unhappy. nII is a very rich young man. III is always teasing his wife. n IV is Mr. Bennet’s favorite daughter. n nV says Lydia is very good humored. VI has four children. n VII is a very beautiful girl. n
11. Copy in your notebook the adjectives that best describe Mr. Bennet. a) reserved
d) nervous
b) capricious
e) sarcastic
c) difficult 12. The text below is an incomplete summary of the first chapter you have just read. Which pieces of information are missing? Use your own words and answer in your notebook. Mrs. Bennet is very excited with the news that A . She thinks it is an opportunity for marrying one of her daughters, if he happens to fall in love with any of them. Mr. Bennet does not seem to be very interested in B , either because it’s not important for him to marry the girls or to play with his wife’s nerves. He suggests C , which is something unthinkable in that society. Then he suggests sending a letter offering any of the girls; at this point Mrs. Bennet realizes he is making fun of her. They discuss the merits of some of their daughters, showing D . The chapter ends E .
13. The text Pride and Prejudice was written at the end of the 18th century. Notice that the main concern of the mother is marrying her daughters to wealthy young men. What are marriages based on nowadays? Do parents still interfere in their daughters’ choices today? 14. What advice would you give Mrs. Bennet if she were living today? 15. We realize that, at such a time, the option for most young girls in England was getting married. What are the options nowadays for women in your country? 16. Do you know of any country where marriages can still be arranged by parents?
Time for Literature
17. In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to complete the sentences according to the first chapter of Pride and Prejudice.
nA nB nC nD nE
Mrs. Bennet is excited because Mr. Bennet is reluctant to Mrs. Bennet’s nerves are Mr. Bennet’s Mrs. Bennet hopes Mr. Bingley Four or five thousand a year was considered
74 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 74
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:04 PM
nI … visit the new neighbor. nII … old friends. III … there is a new, rich, single man in town. n IV … a large fortune. n nV … will fall in love with one of their girls. 18. Words are sometimes spelled differently in British and American English. Take a look at the examples and answer the questions. Br English
Am English
neighbourhood
neighborhood
good humoured
good humored
sarcastic humour
sarcastic humor
a) What’s the difference? b) Which variety is used in chapter 1 of Pride and Prejudice? 19. Take a look at the following excerpts and answer the following questions. “Do not you want to know who has taken it?” cried his wife impatiently. “You want to tell me, and I have no objection to hearing it.” […] “Design! Nonsense, how can you talk so! But it is very likely that he may fall in love with one of them, and therefore you must visit him as soon as he comes.”
a) Why do you think the words “you” and “may” are in italics? b) How would they be pronounced? 20. Notice how Mr. and Mrs. Bennet use each other’s names. How would a married couple call each other nowadays in England? 21. Is the language used by the characters in the reading passage formal or informal? Which characteristics below support your choice? It is A (formal/informal) because a) there is no use of contractions. b) there is use of complex noun phrases. c) there is use of Latin-based words. d) there is no use of abbreviated words. e) there is use of more complex sentences. f) the tone is very polite. h) there is no use of colloquial words or expressions. i) husband and wife treat each other as Mr. and Mrs. j) of the choice of a more refined vocabulary. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_1_070A075.indd 75
Time for Literature
g) there is use of uncommon words.
75 5/24/16 2:07 PM
76
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 76
5/23/16 10:56 AM
Illustration: Catarina Bessell/ID/BR Photographs: JGI/Jamie Grill/Getty Images; Milan Stojanovic/Getty Images; Hearts/ Publisher's collection; Lya Cattel/iStock/Getty Images; Harold M. Lambert/Lambert/Getty Images
3PrintMedia PART
Let’s learn how to create cool photo effects
LEARNING PLAN
Talking about news stories Understanding print and online newspapers Talking about completed actions in the past and describing actions in progress in the past Writing headlines and making newspaper clippings Reading magazine covers critically Distinguishing facts from opinions and giving opinions Writing letters to the editor Available at . Accessed on January 8, 2016.
Would you like to create cool effects for your images? There are free tools to transform your pictures into interesting images. One of them is PhotoFunia (accessed on May 14, 2016). Another tool is PhotoCollage (accessed on May 14, 2016). The photo montage below was generated with the help of a free tool.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 77
77 5/26/16 7:04 PM
UNIT
5
Extra! Extra!
Language in action Learn how to
The Future May Be Online, but Many Will Slip Through the Net Peter Preston
As circulations plummet, digital seems the only future for newspapers. But supposed ‘trends’ create a very confused picture. David Sillitoe/The Guardian
talk about news stories Understand print and online newspapers Talk about completed actions in the past and describe actions in progress in the past Learn how to write headlines and news reports Learn how to make newspaper clippings
1001Love/iStock/Getty Images
Don’t stop the presses: on your commuter train or bus, people aren’t sitting with an iPad, they’re turning the pages of freesheets.
There’s an awful doubt beginning to infect the media scene as autumn comes. It takes the most commonplace assumption of newspaper life and hangs a great question mark on it. We’re constantly told that newspapers as we know them are in a period of transition, moving to become purely digital papers on the web, on tablets, on mobiles, on gadgets as yet uninvented. There is light at the end of a long tunnel of uncertainty, a vital transition. Yet suppose, just suppose, that there’s not. Readers who read the online runes will recognise some of the doubts involved here: advertisements priced much cheaper than print, because cyberspace is infinite and therefore infinitely available; paywalls that raise useful sums that aren’t quite useful enough; tablet efforts such as Rupert Murdoch’s the Daily, that begin in a blaze of publicity then disappear behind a veil of silence; phone applications that seem hugely promising until you try charging a regular rate for them. None of this means there isn’t good money to be made on the net. Some specialist sheets and smooth operators are doing that already. But your average, all-purpose paper on a standard path to survival? Forget it. […] Available at . Accessed on April 12, 2016.
78 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 78
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 4:50 PM
LEAD-IN 1.
Notice how the news story on the opposite page is organized. Complete this text with the parts of a news story. Use your notebook. Most news stories have a clear organization and contain a headline, a strapline, a lead, a body (content) and an image with a caption. The A sums up the main newspaper story to attract the reader. The B adds a little more detail to the C . The opening paragraph of the news story is known as the D . The E , the strapline, and the F tell you the main ideas of the news article. The G of the story is where you find detailed information to help you better understand the story. An image is another element often used in news stories. It is usually followed by a H which integrates the image to the news story. In what ways does the headline differ from the other parts of the article?
2. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to relate the sections of a newspaper to their definitions. I Local and Foreign News Section
A comes on the front page and contains the most important news.
II Obituary Page
B contains domestic and international news.
III Sports Page
C contains news about sports events in and out of the country.
IV Business and Finance Section
D gives views or opinions of the editor or publisher on certain issues or events.
V General News VI Art and Entertainment Section VII Travel and Tourism Section
E contains advertisements of various types. F provides information on banking and business in general. G provides a guide to enjoyable travel.
VIII Editorial Page
H provides information about people who died and the time and place of their burial.
IX Classified Ads Section
I contains information about movies, radio, television, etc.
b)
Obama to see controversial
‘Gangnam Style’ singer USA Today, December 9, 2012.
Hindustan Times, December 22, 2014.
c)
Afro-Brazilians search DNA for pre-slavery origins By Vision Reporter Added 30th July 2015 10:20 AM
New Vision, July 30, 2015.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 79
Available at . Accessed on May 14, 2016.
e)
The end of free banking will come 'in the next five years' The Independent, September 15, 2015.
PART 3 – Print Media
The Guardian, February 21, 2016.
d)
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
The Observer
Why are the lost tribes now emerging from the Amazon?
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Indigenous peoples
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
a)
Available at . Accessed on May 14, 2016.
3. Which section of a newspaper do you enjoy reading the most? 4. Discuss with a partner in which section of a newspaper these headlines can be found.
79 5/24/16 2:14 PM
HINT
LET’S READ!
Preste atenção nas informações não verbais antes de ler o texto.
Before you read… a) What b) What
1.
does the image tell us about this article? kinds of devices are being shown?
Read the headline and the strapline. Who is the article addressed to?
Too Much Temptation It Was Hard For These Teens To Give Up Facebook, Youtube YouTube, texting, TV. It’s sometimes so overwhelming that it can be hard to focus on homework. So we challenged teens to do their homework without distractions for three days. They were allowed to take breaks to do things like check their Facebook, go on YouTube, talk to their friends or watch TV, but they couldn’t do those things while doing their homework.
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
January 23, 2012
Photo by Elizabeth Vidar, 17, North Hollywood HS Zoo Magnet.
L.A. Youth is an online newspaper “by and about teens,” according to its editor. It publishes first-hand accounts of teens’ experiences with college stress and personal troubles like racial identity, broken families, teen pregnancy, and drug addiction, among other issues.
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
Adapted from . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
By Jazmine Mendoza 16, Valley Regional HS #5 (San Fernando)
Distractions are all around us – Facebook, […]
UNIT 5 – Extra! Extra!
I was confident the first day. I left my computer and phone on because I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby. I felt more focused because I wasn’t thinking about checking my Facebook every five minutes. I spent only three hours doing homework instead of the six to seven hours I usually take. I even had time to read for pleasure before going to bed. The following day at school I felt better prepared because without distractions, I had fully understood the homework. During the second night I found myself dozing off and getting bored since I was used to going online or calling a friend when my homework got hard. I didn’t want to cave in though, so I dedicated myself to doing portions of my homework for about an hour and then taking five-minute breaks. I didn’t use the breaks to go online though, because I knew that I’d stay on longer than five minutes. Instead I cleaned my room, got a snack or saw what my family was doing. Then I continued my homework more refreshed. I repeated the same routine the third day, and will try to keep that routine from now on. Spending less time on Facebook made it less important. I knew I wasn’t missing out on much because I could go on later and nothing had changed. It feels good being on the computer less. Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
80 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 80
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 10:56 AM
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
By Jessica Marin 17, Culver City HS
The first day, I forgot that I had to be distraction free until I realized it took me 30 minutes to come back to a government question because I was texting my friends and checking my email. When I stopped replying to texts, I finished my homework in less than 20 minutes. I was able to work on college applications the rest of the night and go to sleep before 11. I usually stay up until midnight and spend about four hours doing homework.
The next two days were not as successful. I tried not to get distracted by my phone but I couldn’t help it. I could have moved it away from my desk, but what if I missed an important call or text? Like what if my friend broke up with her boyfriend? I’m so attached to my phone that if I don’t have it near me I feel like a part of me is missing, which is not normal – it is just an object. Text messages would come in, I would ignore them but then another message would come in and another one after that one. I gave in and texted and called my best friend. We didn’t even talk about anything important, just the usual rundown of how our day went and complaints about our homework. My mom said she knew I would fail this challenge because according to her I’m “addicted” to my phone. In my defense, the challenge worked for one day but then I went back to how things usually are, staying up until midnight. But I’m OK with that because I feel like I need mini-distractions during homework or else I’d go crazy. Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
2. What challenge was proposed to the students? Answer in your notebook. a) To do homework or study without listening to music. b) To do homework without electronic distractions for three days. c) To avoid friends for three days.
3. Take notes about Jessica and Jazmine’s activities. What did they do on the first, second and third day?
4. Is there any newspaper like this in your city/state/country? What kinds of issues could be reported by you and your colleagues if there were one?
5. Would you accept the challenge of doing homework without distractions? In pairs, discuss your studying habits.
6. Do you prefer reading the news in print or online? What websites do you read? 7. Discuss with a partner the advantages and disadvantages of print and online newspapers.
Useful language Expressing opinion In my opinion… To me… I think… I believe… Useful words/ expressions allow/store/borrow/ sell multimedia options/ availability/ sustainability
a) Who chooses what is published in newspapers? What do you think they base their choices on? b) How do you check the reliability of your source of news? c) Do you think the news in and about your local community represents people from different social and economic backgrounds equally? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 81
PART 3 – Print Media
BEYOND THE LINES...
81 5/26/16 4:31 PM
Let’s focus on language! Verb tense review We use the Simple Past to talk about completed actions in the past, and we use the Past Continuous to describe an action in the past that was in progress. Based on this, read the excerpts and do the following activity.
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
1.
Jazmine Mendoza, 16 “I was confident the first day. I left my computer and phone on because I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby. I felt more focused because I wasn’t thinking about checking my Faceboo k every five minutes.”
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Jessica Marin, 17 “The first day, I forgot that I had to be distraction free until I realized it took me 30 minutes to come back to a government question because I was texting my friends and checking my email.” too-muchAvailable at . Accessed on April 16,
a) Which of these statements describe complete, finished actions in the past? And which ones describe an action in the past that was in progress? “I wanted to challenge myself by keeping temptations nearby.” “I felt more focused […].” “[…] because I wasn’t thinking about checking my Facebook every five minutes.” UNIT 5 – Extra! Extra!
“I forgot that I had to be distraction free […]” “[…] because I was texting my friends and checking my email.” b) Brian Yu also accepted the challenge of doing his homework without distractions. Let’s review verb tenses. Replace the letters with the appropriate verb tenses. Use your notebook.
82 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 82
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 4:51 PM
Elizabeth Vidar/Photographer's Archive
I knew the challenge would for the most part be cake. Last year I would go on Facebook or Tumblr
n
while A (do) my homework. I would also go on YouTube for a lecture and get distracted by the sidebar, wasting an hour or two on random links.
n
So I B (install) an app on my browser called
n
Stayfocus. I C (give) myself 50 minutes a day for
n
browsing and once those minutes D (be) up, the
n
sites were blocked. My only distraction now E (be) instant messaging my friends about girls, classes and schoolwork.
n
n
For the challenge I F (choose) the Stayfocus option that G (let/neg.) me browse at all,
n
and H (log/neg.) in to AIM (AOL Instant Messenger) until I was done with my homework.
n
I I (come) home from band practice at 7 p.m. and napped for two hours before starting
n
my homework. I got bored while working on my essay about Fidel Castro and I J (have)
n n
the urge to use AIM or check out videos on YouTube. However, I K (do) the challenge so I
n
n
L (make) myself a sandwich and M (go) back to work. After I N (finish) my stuff, it was
n
around 2 a.m. Not bad for a school night; I usually O (finish) around 3.
n
n
On Day 2, I P (go) home after band practice and woke up around 8. I Q (put) on my headphones and started my AP Spanish homework. It wasn’t hard staying off the Internet.[...]
n
n
On Day 3, I R (study) for my history test and S (do) my homework for my other classes. Occasionally I would wonder what my friends were up to and how they were doing. [...]
n
[...] I T (like) to have AIM open on my browser window to have a friend to talk to while
n
n
I U (work). You can only focus so much before you get distracted. Taking breaks V (help) keep me refreshed. Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
2. Choose five situations and share what you were doing when/before they happened. my parents arrived last night, my favorite team won a game, When Before
I went to bed yesterday, a relative came to my house unannounced,
I was…
the telephone rang the last time, I did my homework,
When I met my best friend, I was playing soccer with my neighbors.
3. Now check with a classmate to see if you have any similar actions that happened while others were in progress. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 83
PART 3 – Print Media
I met my best friend,
83 5/23/16 10:56 AM
Let’s listen and talk!
HINT
Before you listen… a) What
are the most popular newspapers in your town or state? newspapers, what other media do you resort to when you want to know the news? video-sharing websites online newspapers radio magazines TV podcasts tabloids
b) Besides
9
1.
Tomar notas enquanto ouve pode ajudar a manter o foco na compreensão do texto oral.
Listen to some newscasts. Focus on the general ideas and take notes of words and expressions which helped you understand the texts. Newscast 1
Newscast 2
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Newscast 3 Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
9
2. Listen to the newscasts again. In which section of a newspaper would these pieces of news be found? Answer in your notebook. a) General news b) Entertainment section c) Sports page
10
3. The following words from newscast 1 can be pronounced in different ways. Listen to the American and British pronunciations of these words. Which sound marks the variation? guardian war horse power
11
4. Listen to more information about the Haitian team. Which of these statements are true? Answer in your notebook. a) The Haiti soccer team is made up of people who have lost either a leg or an arm. b) The players lost their legs and arms in accidents. c) The newscast talks about a team that has participated in the Paralympic Games. d) The coach is proud of the team’s accomplishment.
UNIT 5 – Extra! Extra!
e) The players interviewed talked about how soccer has changed their lives. f) The players have to pay for the mechanical legs.
5. In groups, make a list of news stories about disasters that have affected different communities, including yours. With help from the geography and history teachers, research how communities worked together to overcome local difficulties and report it next class.
84 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 84
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:32 PM
Vocabulary Corner 1.
In pairs, each partner chooses five words from the list below. Then, write in your notebook the noun, verb, and adjective forms. finance
informative
classified
tour
donation
collect
communication
empowered
performing
If necessary, use a dictionary. Share your information so that both of you have a complete chart. See an example.
entertainment
Noun
Verb
Adjective
entertainment
entertain
entertaining
2. In your notebook, highlight the suffixes you used to form the words. Pronunciation spot – initial s- sound In English there are many words that begin with the letter s followed by one or more consonants. a) Listen to some examples. 12
sport strong score strange When you say these words, you need to make sure you begin by producing the sound /s/. Don’t produce a vowel sound before the /s/ (e. g. [isp] for [sp]). b) Listen and repeat the words below. school student spring stop stay spot skate speak special
14
small
c) Notice the linking sounds in the underlined phrases. Most news stories have a clear organization. The strapline adds a little more detail. A study says earth is getting warmer. d) Repeat them, making sure you do not add a vowel before the sound /s/. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 85
PART 3 – Print Media
13
85 5/26/16 4:33 PM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
Study the headlines and straplines below. In your notebook, complete the statements with the words headlines and straplines and learn more about their characteristics.
We Are Not Broke – Geingob by Shinovene Immanuel PRESIDENT Hage Geingob has maintained that the government is not broke and insisted that the economic outlook of the country is promising. Available at . Accessed on February 11, 2016.
Zika’s Explosive Spread
As many as four million people could be infected by the virus by end of the year Available at . Accessed on February 11, 2016.
n nB are usually formed by reduced sentences or phrases. nC usually use the present to suggest they convey recent news.
A are usually formed by full sentences.
2. Read the following headlines. Are they formed by reduced sentences or by phrases? Write the correct combination of numbers–letters in your notebook. II Phrases nI Reduced sentences n nA We Are Not Broke – Geingob
Available at . Accessed on February 11, 2016.
n
B Zika’s Explosive Spread
n
Available at . Accessed on February 11, 2016.
C Regional Communication Important in the Fight against Zika Available at . Accessed on February 11, 2016.
nD Academy Environmental Team in Action
Available at . Accessed on February 11, 2016.
nE Samoa Election Gets Ugly, Reward Offered
Available at . Accessed on April 20, 2016.
nF Tanzania’s Richest 10% Own the Economy – PM
Available at . Accessed on April 20, 2016.
phrases are formed by “groups of meaning” (verbal and nominal). It is easy to understand them if you make a pause between these groups. A Massive Study / Says / (That) Earth / (Is) Getting / Warmer Funeral / for a Tuskegee Airman
86 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 86
Andrey_Popov/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
UNIT 5 – Extra! Extra!
3. Notice that both the reduced sentences and the
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 10:57 AM
4. Copy the ambiguous headlines below in your notebook and use slashes ( / ) to identify the
Hospitals Are Sued By 7 Foot Doctors
Milk Drinkers Are Turning To Powder
Two Soviet Ships Collide One Dies Astronaut Takes Blame For Gas In Spacecraft
Include Your Children When Baking Cookies
Hershey Bars Protest Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
5. Read the funny headlines out loud. Which ones were more difficult to understand? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 87
PART 3 – Print Media
Picsfive/Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
AldanNa/iStock/ Getty Images
Complaints About NBA Referees Growing Ugly
AldanNa/iStock/ Getty Images
AldanNa/iStock/ Getty Images
Faça uma pausa nas palavras certas e observe como essas pausas o ajudam a entender o texto.
Miners Refuse To Work After Death
AldanNa/iStock/ Getty Images
Picsfive/Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
AldanNa/iStock/ Getty Images
AldanNa/iStock/ Getty Images
groups of meaning.
HINT
87 5/25/16 1:27 PM
Let’s act with words! Let's know different types of headlines 1.
Read the text and do the activities below.
How to Write Headlines and Subheads by Mark Nichol
The first thing most readers notice in print or online is a headline. Think of it as a virtual handshake. If your headline is the text equivalent of a cold, dead fish, you’ll make a poor first impression. Or think of it as analogous to a cover letter or a request for a date. You only get one chance to introduce yourself – make it good. Various types of headlines exist, and some are more suitable than others for various types of content. Here are eight categories appropriate for selling something, whether it’s a product or an idea, along with a sample headline of that type: 1. Direct: “Lawn Mowers on Sale” 2. News: “Remote-Control Lawn Mower to Debut in April” 3. How-To: “How to Select the Best Lawn Mower for Your Yard” 4. Question: “Is Your Lawn Mower the Right One for the Job?” 5. Command: “Go to Lawn Mowers R Us for the Best Deals” 6. List: “7 Things to Look for in a New Lawn Mower” 7. Testimonial: “I Got a Great Deal on a New Lawn Mower” 8. Teaser: “The Most Important Purchase You’ll Make This Year” […] Notice that none of the sample headlines above is more than ten words long. Many effective headlines are half that long, or even shorter. […] Adapted from . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Available at . Accessed on May 19, 2016.
Hungary’s populist prime minister called Saturday for a massive aid package to be given to countries around war-wracked Syria to help stem the flow of migrants to Europe, as EU leaders clash over how to cope with the influx. Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
88 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 88
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
STILLFX/iStock/Getty Images
UNIT 5 – Extra! Extra!
b)
Chengdu has the most successful economy of any mainland Chinese city, a US-based think tank has concluded after looking at such factors as job growth, foreign investment and high-value-added industries.
macida/iStock/Getty Images
Around 13,000 drivers have been disqualified from driving in each of the past two years, with almost 6,000 so far in 2015.
c)
d)
WASHINGTON DC – Zimbabwe’s swimming sensation, Kirsty Coventry, won gold in the 100 metre backstroke event Tuesday evening in the All Africa Games in Congo Brazzaville.
hanibaram/iStock/Getty Images
a)
macida/iStock/Getty Images
Write in your notebook a different type of headline for each lead below.
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 2:35 PM
Let's make a news report
The Newspaper Clipping Generator Create... a newspaper ninja text a clapper board wizard text talking squirrels talking flowers talking tomatoes talking cats talking owls
Available at . Accessed on January 28, 2016.
Inform your readers about something which happened in your community and which has not been reported in the daily newspapers. Make a newspaper clipping with your own news report. Go to Fodey.com (accessed on April 13, 2016) and create a newspaper clipping similar to the example below. Fill in the form to do it online, or make a similar one on paper. First: Choose a name for your “newspaper.”
Available at . Accessed on January 28, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U5_076A089.indd 89
Genre: News report Purpose: To inform Tone: Formal Setting: Wikispaces Writer: You Audience: Wiki readers
PART 3 – Print Media
Second: Write the date, including day of the week, month, and year. Third: Write the headline. Fourth: Paste or type your news report with four to six short paragraphs. Fifth: Press the button “generate” and you will get an image similar to the one above. Sixth: Download your newspaper clipping as a JPG image by clicking on the “Download Your Image” link. Seventh: Publish the image on the Web. You can also include a copy in your portfolio. Read more about this Web tool at (accessed on April 16, 2016).
89 5/26/16 7:05 PM
Learning tips How to learn with online newspapers and magazines
Archive/ News Museum
Newseum is a museum of news in Washington, D.C. It offers an online service which displays more than 800 newspaper front pages each day. The service is available at (accessed on May 2, 2016). You can view today’s page or archived pages with events of historical significance. Choose a page and click on it to read the news. You can find two links: Readable PDF and Website. You can open the PDF file and read or save the front page, or you can go to the website of the newspaper and read more news.
UNIT 5 – extra! extra!
Available at . Accessed on March 27, 2012.
Suggestions to improve your English with newspapers 1. Start with headlines and make a glossary for the new words. You can use an online dictionary (example: ) to learn more about the words. 2. Then read the leads and try to find answers to questions beginning with when, why, who, whom, what, where, how. 3. Build a grammar pattern bank with examples from the news. 4. Answer a daily news quiz at The New York Times and do the exercises in its special learning section, available at . (All sites accessed on April 16, 2016.)
90 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_learning_090A091.indd 90
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 7:08 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
5
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you’ve learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below: … understanding words related to newspapers. … talking about actions completed in the past. … describing actions in progress in the past. … expressing opinions. … reading images. … practicing pronunciation when linking words together. … practicing the pronunciation of the initial “s-” sound. … creating a clipping. … working with Fodey.com to create a newspaper clipping.
pathdoc/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I am good at talking about actions completed in the past. I need to get better at creating a clipping.
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English.
Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
PART 3 – print media
Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English.
91 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_learning_090A091.indd 91
5/24/16 11:01 AM
UNIT
6
Strike a pose
Language in action
Diversity of Magazine Cover Girls Improves, but not Enough
Learn how to read
The Huffington Post recently conducted a study to determine the diversity of magazine cover girls. The study excluded magazines that cater to a specific ethnic population and focused on 16 “mainstream” publications. Tallying from September 2012 to September 2013, HuffPo found that only 18 percent of the covers featured women of color. Insert shocked face here. Although these stats were sadly unsurprising, I did find one aspect encouraging. The magazine that was considered most diverse, with half of their covers featuring women of color, was Teen Vogue. For me and a lot of friends my age, seeing women who don’t look like us on mainstream magazine covers is old news. […]
92 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 92
4
NRevolution/Publisher's collection
2
Newsweek Magazine Europe/ Publisher's collection
3
Mad Magazine/Publisher's collection
Read more at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Seventeen Magazine/Publisher's collection
Condé Nast/Publisher's collection
Posted by Natali Rivers on Aug 9, 2013
d1sk/iStock/Getty Images
magazine covers critically Learn how to distinguish facts from opinions and give opinions Write letters to the editor
Condé Nast/Editor's archive
1
5
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:01 AM
LEAD-IN 1.
Look at the magazine covers on the previous page. Which category do they fit in? There are 11 extra categories. Use your notebook to write down the answers. a) Agriculture & Gardening
f) Computer Games
k) Humor
b) Art, Literature & Music
l) Lifestyle
c) Business & Finance
g) Design, Architecture & Construction
d) Cars & Motorbikes
h) Education
n) Sports & Hobbies
e) Current Affairs, Culture & Politics
i) Fashion
o) Travel
j) Health & Medical
p) Youth Issues
m) Science, Geography & History
2. Think of other magazines you know. Do they fit in any of the categories of exercise 1? If not, what other categories do they fit in?
3. Do you read magazines (both in print and online)? What kinds of magazines do you like reading? 4. Read cover 1 and answer the following questions in your notebook. a) Does the girl in the cover represent the girls you know? b) Which elements on this cover convey the idea of happiness and perfection? c) What can we expect to find in the news “Crash Course”?
5. Read the text with cover 1. Which statements below are true? Answer it in your notebook.
Marine's/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Are Afro-Brazilians and Indigenous people well represented? Give examples.
a) The title indicates that there is a good level of ethnic diversity on magazine covers. b) The words in orange represent the key words of the text. c) The study investigated the covers of 16 magazines during one year. d) The results of the research surprised the author of the text. e) Only one magazine included women of color on its cover. f) The author of the text does not identify herself with the girls on the cover.
6. Read the following headlines and decide which category of magazine they were probably taken from. Then write down the answers in your notebook. a) Airlines
Are Swimming in Profits Thanks to Cheap Fuel, High Fees Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
b) France
Ends Ban on Blood Donation by Gay Men
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
c) The
Rise of the "Gaming for Good" Movement
d) Brazil Beyond: Must-Visit Cities Outside of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
e) Kia Aims to Develop its Own Self-driving Car by 2030
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 93
PART 3 – print media
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
93 5/26/16 4:36 PM
HINT
LET’S READ!
Levar em consideração as características mais comuns de um gênero pode ajudar na identificação das informações mais relevantes em um texto.
Before you read… Take a look at the sections of a Current Affairs, Culture & Politics magazine: Home Business & Tech Arts & Entertainment
Health & Science Contributors
Life & Style Letters
a) What b) Why
1.
do you expect to find in the Letters section? would someone write a letter to a magazine?
The following excerpts were taken from the Letters section of two magazines. Read them and decide if the underlined sentences refer to a fact or an author’s opinion. Answer in your notebook. 1
Letter to the editor of the magazine Now (Canada), December, 2014.
What MLK Would Say
n
You pose the question: "Half the people living in Toronto belong to visible minorities. ( I ) Why is our city council so
n
n
white?" ( II ) I guess Martin Luther King Jr. had it completely backwards ( III ) when he said, "I look to a day when
n
people will not be judged by the colour of their skin, but by the content of their character." ( IV ) Bill Kitcher Toronto Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
2
3
Letter to the editor of New Hampshire Magazine (USA), August, 2015.
Letter to the editor of the magazine Scientific American (Canada), March, 2015.
I was shocked to read there was a placebo-based trial of Ebola
Best Not the Best
n
n
vaccines in infected areas. ( VII) This seems beyond unethical. ( VIII )
My most sincere thanks for the
No one would be okay with this Russian roulette game if it were their
May, 2015, issue. It is totally
own family and friends involved in the study. ( IX )
n
readable, interesting and
n
enjoyable from cover to cover. ( V )
Susan Russell
In my opinion The Best issues
Boardman, Ore.
are not of any interest to most of
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
n
your readers. ( VI ) Mirror Lake Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
94 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 94
Não escreva no livro.
markiss/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
UNIT 6 – strike a pose
Anne Hunt
5/26/16 4:44 PM
2. Read the underlined sentences again. Then, answer the following questions. a) Which number criticizes the writer of a text? b) Which number presents a protest against a fact? c) Which number praises the magazine? d) Which number mentions an example as an argument? e) Which number appeals to an authority to support the author's opinion? f) Which number recognizes that readers may have different opinions?
3. Now read the excerpt below and check your answers to the questions proposed in the section Before you read…
Letter to the Editor
Supporting or opposing a stance taken by the publication in its editorial, or responding to another writer’s letter to the editor. […] Remarking on materials (such as a news story) that have appeared in a previous edition. Such letters may either be critical or praising. Correcting a perceived error or misrepresentation. […] Available at . Accessed on Abril 13, 2016.
4. Now that you know what a letter to the editor is and what topics it may cover, go back to
Yuriy Boyko/iStock/Getty Images
A letter to the editor is a letter sent to a publication about issues of concern from its readers. Usually, letters are intended for publication. In many publications, letters to the editor may be sent either through conventional mail or electronic mail. Letters to the editor are most frequently associated with newspapers and news magazines. […] The subject matter of letters to the editor varies widely. However, the most common topics include:
the letters on the previous page. What is/are the topic(s) of these letters?
5. Class discussion. a) Do you like reading other people’s opinions? b) Have you ever written a letter to a magazine? If so, what was it about? c) Do you share your opinions about something that you have read in a magazine/ newspaper with other people? How do you prefer to do it (comments, social networks, personally)? d) If you were to write a letter to the editor, which magazine and category would you choose? e) How could you check the facts before giving your opinion on a subject?
a) Do you think magazines are reliable sources of information? b) Why do you think magazines use celebrities on their covers? What do they want to sell? c) With a colleague, analyze the covers on the first page of this unit. What lifestyles, values, and physical features are represented or omitted on them? d) Do the images reinforce any stereotypes – preconceptions about what it means to be beautiful, interesting, etc.? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 95
PART 3 – print media
BEYOND THE LINES...
95 5/23/16 11:01 AM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
Read the following letter to the editor. Does it present facts or opinions? How do you know? Answer in your notebook.
Teen Magazines Lack Substance By Alysha S., Dell Rapids, SD
I agree with Natascia L. I sometimes wish I could read about topics other than Paris Hilton or how to apply eyeliner correctly. I think that if we had a magazine that talked about actual news, it would sell. Most teenagers need to be more informed about politics and world issues. Teenagers today need a magazine with substance. Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
nI In facts, nII In opinions, nA the sentence begins with certain verbs, such as “think,” “imagine,” “agree,” and “believe.” nB it is possible to check whether what is being said is true. nC the author mentions how he/she felt when reading the text or expresses his/her desires.
2. Which statement is fact or opinion? In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers�letters to match the right information.
nI Fact nII Opinion nA It is something that is true about a subject and can either be tested or proven. nB It is what somebody thinks about that subject. 3. Read the following expressions. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers�letters to identify if they express feelings or opinions.
nI Feelings nII Opinions nA From my point of view... nB I agree... nC I am happy... nD I believe... nE I don’t like... nF I guess... nG I think...
nH I was amazed... nI I was shocked... nJ In my opinion... nK In my view... nL It is disgusting... nM It made me feel... nN It made me sad...
4. Take a look at the following sentences taken from the text “Teen Magazines Lack Substance” and choose the correct alternatives. Answer in your notebook.
UNIT 6 – strike a pose
“I agree with Natascia L.” “I think that if we had a magazine that talked about actual news, it would sell.”
a) “think” and “agree” were used to express opinion. b) “think” and “agree” referred to an action in progress or temporary situations. c) verbs of opinion are usually used in the simple form (not in the continuous form).
96 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 96
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:01 AM
5. Which options complete the rules? Write the answers in your notebook.
HINT
Verbs that express A (opinion / action) are called “stative verbs.” Some verbs in this group include imagine, remember, believe, doubt, know, understand, like, love, dislike, guess, realize. They B (are / are not) usually used in the continuous form.
6. Replace the letters with the appropriate form of the verbs to complete the sentences. Answer in your notebook.
Planejar o que se vai falar pode ajudar na organização do pensamento antes da fala.
a) Mission Viejo Everyone A (agree) on the fact that education is important. The Cal State system B (plan) to freeze spring 2013 enrollment, and more cuts will happen if voters reject the proposed initiative to raise taxes. Obviously, the Cal State system C (try) to push voters to help fund education, but is this really the best idea? Adapted from . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
b) I am 20 years old and have recently started to be disgusted with what I D (see) on the covers of the teen magazines at the grocery checkout. Did I really read that crap when I was 15? Yep, I sure did. Now that I’ve grown up a bit, I E (realize) that these teen magazines are ridiculous. Anyways, I F (think) what your magazine G (do) is great. It’s real, honest and integral. — Natalie S.
7.
Do you agree with Natalie S.’s opinion about teen magazines? Do you read this kind of magazine? Why (not)?
8. Read the following excerpts from a magazine. Work in pairs and prepare a 1 or 2-minute presentation giving your opinion on one of the subjects.
SCHOOL | TECH
Death of the Classroom: The New Wave of Online Education By Faze Staff
Picture a society where learning can happen at any time, in any place and can be completed without ever going to class. This could be the new wave of education and the Internet technology now exists to support such a system. […]
Useful language I believe… I think… I agree that… In my opinion, … I don’t like… archideaphoto/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Adapted from . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Is Wrestling a Sport? By Faze Staff
Blood, broken bones, lies, conspiracy, vulgar language and half naked women. You guessed it, pro-wrestling. In the “old days” wrestling was merely a way of saying, “I’m stronger than you”. Now, some call it a soap opera for guys, some call it entertainment and others call it crap. But can we call it a sport? […] Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 97
PART 3 – print media
MOVIES & TV | SPORTS & FITNESS
Hurst Photo/shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
97 5/26/16 4:45 PM
Vocabulary corner Take a look at the back of a typical digital camera. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to relate the parts of the camera to their functions. III opticalviewfinder n
VIII power switch n
IV zoom n
II control buttons n
For Dummies/John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
nI shutterbutton
VII USB n
nV picture review
VI memorycardslot n
/ID/ B
R
nA Accepts digital memory cards. nB Adjusts various camera settings. nC To frame and compose your picture. nD Press this button all the way to take a picture. nE Magnifies or reduces the size of the image. nF Turns the camera on or off. nG Press this button to review the pictures you’ve
98 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 98
tock hut ters ia/S
nH Access for a USB cable.
.com
already taken.
Fot in
UNIT 6 – strike a pose
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:01 AM
Let’s listen!
HINT
Before you listen… a) Go
back to the magazine covers on the first pages of the unit. What do they do to stand out and entice the buyer to pick them up in a newsstand? b) What kind of product, service or idea are they selling? c) Look at two covers of Zhin Magazine. Do you think they are similar to the magazines you know? Zhin Magazine/ID/BR
Challenging Traditions
Concentre sua atenção em possíveis palavras-chave que remetam às ideias centrais do texto.
A number of female journalists in Iraqi Kurdistan are shaking up a male-dominated domain with a magazine that aims to highlight the problems and abuse many women still face. They are reporting on women’s success stories and addressing controversial issues such as female genital mutilation. Melissa Tabeek visited the editorial team in Sulaymaniyah. […] Available at . Accessed on May 11, 2016.
15
1.
Listen to some statements by Brigitte Sins, Editor-in-chief of Zhin Magazine, and read the audio transcription. Your task is to write in your notebook the missing parts.
n
“ A but that women have a tool in their hands that makes them grow, that makes them develop.”
n
“Development is not just about economic development as I talked about before. B especially in this society. Where women have something to develop themselves in, as in their jobs, but also in their own well being, their personal well being.”
n
“ C and that voice is so much needed because only women can talk about women and to women as they are women. Only they feel the pain, the worries, the happiness that other women can feel.” Available at . Accessed on May 11, 2016.
2. What is the editor of Zhin Magazine trying to do? Write in your notebook the correct answer. a) She is trying to convince the listener that Zhin Magazine is empowering women. b) She is persuading the listener to buy Zhin Magazine to get good information. c) She is defending Zhin Magazine from voices against mental development.
a) Do the magazines you know treat men and women equally? b) Can you think of magazines that empower women? How do they help women develop themselves in their jobs and their own well being? c) Do the magazines you know give voice to women? d) Do Brazilian magazines contribute to women’s mental development? e) What magazines sold in your region tend to promote stereotypes about women and their roles in society? Can you name some of these stereotypes and how they are presented in these magazines? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 99
PART 3 – print media
BEYOND THE LINES...
99 5/23/16 11:01 AM
Turn on the jukebox! 16
1.
In pairs, read the lyrics of the classic song “Vogue.”
Vogue (by Madonna)
Strike a pose Strike a pose Vogue, vogue, vogue (x2) Look around everywhere you turn is heartache It’s everywhere that you go (look around) You try everything you can to escape The pain of life that you know (life that you know) When all else fails and you long to be Something better than you are today I know a place where you can get away It’s called a dance floor, and here’s what it’s for, so Chorus Come on, vogue Let your body move to the music Hey, hey, hey Come on, vogue Let your body go with the flow You know you can do it
UNIT 6 – strike a pose
All you need is your own imagination So use it that’s what it’s for Go inside, for your finest inspiration Your dreams will open the door It makes no difference if you’re black or white If you’re a boy or a girl If the music’s pumping it will give you new life You’re a superstar, yes, that’s what you are, you know it Chorus Come on, vogue Let your body groove to the music Hey, hey, hey Come on, vogue Let your body go with the flow You know you can do it Beauty’s where you find it Not just where you bump and grind it Soul is in the musical
100 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 100
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 2:36 PM
Imaginechina/AFP
That’s where I feel so beautiful Magical, life’s a ball So get up on the dance floor Repeat chorus Beauty’s where you find it Beauty’s where you find it Beauty’s where you find it Greta Garbo, and Monroe Dietrich and DiMaggio Marlon Brando, Jimmy Dean On the cover of a magazine Grace Kelly; Harlow, Jean Picture of a beauty queen Gene Kelly, Fred Astaire Ginger Rodgers, dance on air They had style, they had grace Rita Hayworth gave good face Lauren, Katherine, Lana too Bette Davis, we love you Ladies with an attitude Fellows that were in the mood Don’t just stand there, let’s get to it Strike a pose, there’s nothing to it
Madonna at a concert in Hong Kong, China, 2016.
Vogue phyZick/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Oooh, you’ve got to Let your body move to the music Oooh, you’ve got to just Let your body go with the flow Oooh, you’ve got to Vogue Available at .Accessed on April 13, 2016.
a) In your notebook, list the words with /i/ and /I/ sounds.
16
17
Did you know…?
/I/
“Vogue” is in the soundtrack album I’m Breathless.
b) Listen to the song again and check your answers.
2. Listen to the words in boxes A and B. What will happen if you mispronounce these words? A
eat
B
it
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 101
reach
feel
feet
peel
rich
fill
fit
pill
PART 3 – print media
/i/
101 5/26/16 2:36 PM
Profession spot Photographers
David Munns/Science Photo Library/Latinstock
There are different types of photos in magazines. Most professional photographers have their areas of specialization. Look at the pictures below. What is each photographer’s specialization? The first one has been done for you. The Metropolitan Museum, New York. Photo: Yousuf Karsh
1.
Daniel Rouse/Cherry Blossom/
David Munns is a B .
Daniel Rouse is a C . Charles O'Rear/Photographer's archive
Richard Avedon/Copyright © 1955 The Richard Avedon Foundation
Yousuf Karsh was a portrait photographer.
Richard Avedon is a A .
UNIT 6 – strike a pose
Can you name other areas of expertise or specialization in photography?
2. Would you like to be a professional photographer? Which area would you choose? Why?
102 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 102
Charles O’Rear is a D .
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:01 AM
Let’s act with words! Let’s write a letter to the editor A letter to the editor is an example of a formal letter expressing an opinion, a complaint, an argument, or giving information. You read an article and decide to react to it by sending a letter to the editor. This is your goal here.
Letter to the Editor (Response Genre) Structure Use the conventions of a formal letter Introduce the topic and your opinion early May be a reference to a previous letter or article Usually a mix of fact and opinion Organize paragraphs with details to support your opinion Paragraph length may vary Language features Formal term of address (Dear Sir/Madam or Dear Editor) Persuasive language Subjective but not too emotional Language should be formal A direct appeal to the editor or readers
OLJ Studio/shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
Genre: Letter to the Editor Purpose: To express opinion for or against a news report Tone: Formal Setting: Magazine Writer: You Audience: Magazine and wiki readers
Writing Steps Organizing Choose a magazine or newspaper in print or on the Internet. Select an article or a news report, and write a letter to the editor showing support or disagreement. Preparing the first draft Make a first draft.
Publishing Write the final version of your letter and e-mail it to the magazine or newspaper. Post a copy on Wikispaces or keep a copy in your portfolio. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_U6_092A103.indd 103
PART 3 – print media
Peer editing Ask a classmate to revise it. Make the necessary corrections.
103 5/23/16 10:43 PM
let’s study for enem
ATENÇÃO: todas as questões foram elaboradas nos moldes das provas originais do Enem. Responda a todas as questões no caderno.
Available at . Accessed on March 2, 2016.
Too Much Temptation It was hard for these teens to give up Facebook, YouTube and texting while doing their homework. Distractions are all around us – Facebook, YouTube, texting, TV. It’s sometimes so overwhelming that it can be hard to focus on homework. So we challenged teens to do their homework without distractions for three days. They were allowed to take breaks to do things like check their Facebook, go on YouTube, talk to their friends or watch TV, but they couldn’t do those things while doing their homework. […] Available at . Accessed on April 13, 2016.
1.
O texto mostra o parágrafo inicial de uma notícia sobre uma experiência feita com adolescentes. Durante essa experiência, que durou três dias, os participantes deveriam: a) buscar dados das redes sociais e da TV para resolver as tarefas escolares. b) concentrar-se nos deveres escolares com acesso apenas à internet e à TV. c) dividir o tempo livre entre o acesso à internet e o uso do celular e da televisão. d) fazer os deveres escolares sem, ao mesmo tempo, usar aparelhos eletrônicos. e) manter a TV desligada ao tentarem resolver as tarefas escolares com amigos. Titanic Belfast, the world’s largest Titanic visitor attraction, has finally opened in Belfast on the site where the ship was designed, built and launched. Available at . Accessed on November 25, 2015.
2. O Titanic sempre foi motivo de interesse popular. Podemos inferir pela manchete acima que, em Belfast: a) foi aberto um museu no local da construção do Titanic. b) foi criada uma página na web para visitantes do Titanic. c) foi iniciada uma viagem semelhante à do Titanic. d) foi lançada uma réplica do Titanic para novas viagens. e) foi produzido um filme sobre o naufrágio do Titanic.
3. Este texto é uma carta de uma leitora publicada na Teen Ink, uma revista mensal que divulga textos e trabalhos de arte de adolescentes. O que a autora critica na carta?
Teen Magazines Lack Substance By Alysha S., Dell Rapids, SD
I agree with Natascia L. I sometimes wish I could read about topics other than Paris Hilton or how to apply eyeliner correctly. I think that if we had a magazine that talked about actual news, it would sell. Most teenagers need to be more informed about politics and world issues. Teenagers today need a magazine with substance. Available at . Accessed on November 25, 2015.
UNIT 6 – strike a pose
a) A ausência de outros tópicos sobre Paris Hilton. b) A imprensa, por divulgar notícias sobre celebridades. c) Natascia, por escrever sobre futilidades na revista. d) Os temas das notícias que são publicadas na revista. e) Paris Hilton, por não usar delineador de forma correta.
104 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_learning_104A105.indd 104
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 7:10 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
6
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you’ve learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below: … understanding words related to magazines. … expressing opinions. … distinguishing facts from opinions. … distinguishing states from actions. … creating a letter to the editor.
Matthew Palmer/Blend Images Hill Street Studios/Getty Images
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I liked expressing opinions. I need to get better at creating a letter to the editor.
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English.
Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
PART 3 – print media
Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English.
105 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P03_learning_104A105.indd 105
5/23/16 10:54 AM
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 106
5/23/16 11:50 AM
Illustrations: Catarina Bessell/ID/BR Photographs: Sergey Nivens/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
4Video PART
Let’s learn how to make a video
You can use one of these programs: muvee Cloud and Dvolver moviemaker . Both accessed on April 14, 2016. You can also make movies with a cell phone or a digital camera.
LEARNING PLAN Talking about the future, offering help, and expressing decisions, willingness, consequences, predictions, and promises Talking about the weather Giving instructions Talking about likes/dislikes and presenting reasons
track5/iStock/Getty Images
vgajic/iStock/Getty Images
Using linking words and learning how to write a tutorial
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 107
107 5/23/16 11:50 AM
It’s on TV
Language in action
Mosedare/CartoonStock
7
UNIT
1
Learn how to
talk about the future, offer help, and express decisions, willingness, consequences, predictions, and promises Talk about the weather
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
108 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 108
Mike Baldwin/Cornered/CartoonStock
3
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
noolwlee/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
2
Veley/CartoonStock
Available at . Accessed on April 16, 2016.
zw Shutte ola fasola/ rstock .com /ID/BR
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 5:00 PM
D/BR
om/I
tock.c
tters
u s/Sh 7Day
d
Clou
LEAD-IN 1.
Read the cartoons on the previous page and answer these questions with a classmate. Use your notebook. Cartoon 1 a) What kind of TV channel was the mother watching when her son interrupted her? a sales channel
a documentary channel
a sports channel
a travel channel
b) Where is this program broadcast? Look at the price on the TV screen for a hint. c) What was the boy trying to do with his ironic comment? d) What is the stereotype of women in this cartoon? Cartoon 2 a) Why was the writer upset? b) How many times did the writer talk about her disappointment? c) Why is “MY” written with capital letters? d) What does the title of the book suggest? That the author teaches people to defeat disappointment and resentment. That the author teaches people to welcome disappointment and resentment. e) What is the contradiction between the writer’s behavior and the name of her book? Cartoon 3 a) What did the boy’s father do? Why? b) What is the irony conveyed by the cartoon?
2. What is a common purpose of cartoons? 3. Take a look at the cartoons again. What features do they have in common? Use your notebook. a) They use text and image.
d) They are colored. e) They use formal language. f) The text is short.
4. Which cartoon do you like the most? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 109
PART 4 – video
c) Drawings are intended for caricature, satire, or humor.
Pakhnyushchy/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
b) They convey meaning implicitly.
109 5/23/16 11:50 AM
LET’S READ! Before you read… a) What
is the weather like in your region at this time of year? It’s dry and warm. It’s wet and hot. It’s cold. b) Do you watch the weather forecast on TV? The Weather Forecast for Orlando in The United States on May 2, 2016. Take a look at the picture. What other medium can you check for the weather forecast? Read the text carefully and then answer the following questions in your notebook.
Available at . Accessed on May 6, 2016.
1.
Weather Forecast May 2, 2016 Expect a toasty day for the area today. Highs near 90 with a rain chance setting up after 2pm at 30%. Tonight, lows fall through the 70s, rain chances dry up after 9pm. Quiet and warm overnight. North Texans prepare for hail with mattresses, pillows and bubblewrap Available at . Accessed on November 19, 2015.
a) Who may be interested in this weather forecast?
UNIT 7 – it's on tv
b) Are the temperatures displayed in Celsius or Fahrenheit? How do you know that? c) What other information was relevant for people visiting Orlando at the time? d) What was the temperature when the website was accessed on May 2, 2016? e) What was the forecast for May 2, 2016 in the evening? f) What good news would a TV reporter give about the weather on May 5, 2016?
110 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 110
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 2:50 PM
Vocabulary Corner In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to match the weather idioms to their meanings.
nA A snowball’s chance. nB A storm in a teacup. nC Come rain or shine. nD Every cloud has a silver lining. nE Take a rain check. nF Shoot the breeze.
I
A disturbance about little or nothing
II
To chat casually
III
To postpone something
IV
Very little chance
V
There is usually a good aspect of a bad situation
VI
Whatever happens
2. Read the following predictions. Which one(s) is(are) true for your region this week? a) It will be warm and dry.
f) Temperature will be high.
b) Rain will fall during the night.
g) It will be cold.
c) It will be sunny.
h) It will be windy.
d) Thunderstorms are possible.
i) It will be cloudy.
e) It will be hot and wet.
j) There is just a small chance for an isolated shower.
Did you know…?
relate the word to the images.
B
Rainy Windy
C D
I
II
Cold Cloudy
E F
Storms Showers V
VI
III
VII
IV
VIII
G H
Sunny Snowy Illustrations: Psonha/ID/BR
A
The indigenous Brazilian people have used their own ecological knowledge to predict the weather. A thousand years ago, the Guarani people created an "application" for solar observation. Read more at . Accessed on May 13, 2016.
Did you know…? Fahrenheit is a thermodynamic temperature scale, in which the freezing point of water is 32 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and the boiling point 212°F (at standard atmospheric pressure). Conversion formulas: Fahrenheit to Celsius: (°F − 32) ÷ 1.8 = °C Celsius to Fahrenheit: (°C × 1.8) + 32 = °F Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 111
PART 4 – video
3. In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to
111 5/26/16 5:04 PM
Let’s listen and talk!
HINT
Before you listen… What do you think the future of TV will be?
18
1.
18
2. Listen again. Which statements below are true? Answer in your notebook.
Listen to the audio with predictions about TV (available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016). What kind of program is this?
Antes de escutar, pense sobre o que você já sabe sobre o tema do áudio.
a) TV will continue to change and evolve. b) TV will disappear in the long term. c) TV will be replaced by the Internet. Goran Bogicevic/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
d) TV will absorb the Internet and will keep on moving. e) People don’t love TV anymore like they used to.
3. Are your predictions and the interviewee’s opinion the same? Justify your answer in your notebook.
4. In groups, ask and answer questions. Each participant asks 3–4 questions. In your notebook, take notes of the answers, and then make a summary of the results to report to your class. a) How many television sets are there in your home? b) Do you have cable TV in your house?
Dmitriy Karelin/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
c) Do you have a television set in your bedroom? d) Are you a couch potato? e) When do you watch television the most? f) When you watch TV, are you a remote control freak? g) What types of shows do you watch? h) How much television do you watch per day on average? i) How many television shows do you watch regularly without fail and would never EVER miss an episode? j) What is your favorite television soap opera? k) Do you record TV shows or films? l) Do you watch DVDs on TV? m) Do you use the TV set to play video games?
UNIT 7 – it's on tv
n) If you could go on a dream date with a television character, with whom would it be? o) What is your favorite television theme song? p) Who is your favorite television actor or actress? q) Add another question of your choice. r) Add another question of your choice.
112 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 112
BEYOND THE LINES... a) How does TV influence human behavior? b) Why are your favorite shows so appealing to you? Explain. c) In your opinion, what are the positive aspects of TV? Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 12:38 PM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
What does the text below present? Answer in your notebook. a) A set of decisions.
c) A set of predictions.
b) A set of consequences.
d) A set of promises.
The Internet is about to swallow the television, a development that will change the nature of global media. Soon hundreds of thousands, and eventually hundreds of millions of viewers around the world will be on a path back from being passive couch potatoes into actively engaged citizens again, the way we were before mass media radio and then television arrived in our homes in the 1920s, nearly a century ago. Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
2. Analyze the following statements with will. What are they expressing: decision, consequence, prediction, or promise? Answer in your notebook. a) “I love you and I will always love you.” Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
b) “If I don’t run for president, we’ll all be OK.” – Joe Biden Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
c) “Obama says he will help unemployed engineer find job…” Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
d) “People will cease distinguishing between computers and televisions.” Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
e) “Starting in two weeks, Fox will no longer offer free access to its TV-shows the day after they air on television.” Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
f) Will I need a DTV Converter Box if I buy a High Definition television? Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
3. Look at the following image and write predictions about the weather in your notebook. One
I think it will be hotter on Wednesday. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 113
PART 4 – video
Psonha/ID/BR
is done for you.
113 5/26/16 5:06 PM
We use the Simple Future tense to say something will happen in the future. We also use it to express decisions, willingness, consequences, predictions, and promises.
4. Can you describe the predictions depicted in Villemard’s pictures? In your notebook, replace the Mary Evans/Glowimages
Mary Evans/Glowimages
letters with the key words in parentheses to complete the sentences. The first one is done for you.
In the 21st century, in order to control traffic
n
Students A . (audio books)
jams in the air, there will be more and more
Mary Evans/Glowimages
flying police officers. (flying police officers)
n
People B just by dictating it into a
Mary Evans/Glowimages
loudspeaker. (mail)
n
Women C just by pressing buttons.
UNIT 7 – it's on tv
(make up)
114 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 114
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:50 AM
Mary Evans/Glowimages
n
Mary Evans/Glowimages
We D . (audio newspapers)
World in 2000 as predicted in 1910: Illustrations by French artist Villemard in 1910 of how he imagined the future to be in the year 2000.
n
We E . (video-telegraphs)
Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
5. What are your predictions for the world in 3000? Share them with a classmate. 6. What would you say to show willingness to help in the following situations? Use the verbs in parentheses and answer in your notebook. The first one is done for you. A visitor: It’s cold because the window is open. You: I’ll close it. A relative: The phone is ringing.
n
You: A (get)
n
You: B (turn down) Your teacher: I need help with the computer.
n
You: B (help) Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 115
PART 4 – video
A friend: The TV set is too loud.
115 5/23/16 11:50 AM
7.
T he song below by The Beatles presents some love promises. In your notebook, replace the letters with the right verb forms to complete the lyrics. Use these verbs:
I Will
The Beatles
n
Who knows how long I’ A you,
n
You know I B you still,
n n
C I D a lonely lifetime,
Neftali/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
will feel fill find love wait
If you want me to I will. For if I ever saw you, I didn’t catch your name, But it never really mattered,
n
n
I E always F the same. Love you forever and forever, Love you with all my heart; Love you whenever we’re together, Love you when we’re apart.
n
And when at last I G you,
n
Your song H the air,
Sing it loud so I can hear you, For the things you do endear you to me, you know I will. I will. Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
19
kursatunsal/iStock/Getty Images
Make it easy to be near you,
8. Listen to the song and check your answers. 9. What love promises would you make?
UNIT 7 – it's on tv
Pronunciation spot – the / l / sound 19
1. 2.
Listen to the song one more time. Notice the / l / sound while you listen to the recording. Practice producing this sound reading lines of the song above as well as other sentences that you can find in this unit.
116 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 116
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 6:19 PM
Profession spot Careers in television
Control room operators at Match TV studio in Russia, 2015.
Workers in front of the cameras
Theo Wargo/NBC/Getty Images/AFP
Workers behind the cameras
Maksim Blinov/RIA Novosti/AFP
Careers in television involve workers behind the cameras and in front of the cameras:
Actor Will Smith with host Jimmy Fallon during an interview on November 24, 2015.
Read the definitions for some TV careers. Then, in your notebook, complete the chart below with correct information.
nA Actors interpret others’ words in order to bring a script to life, and to put flesh and blood on the characters they portray.
nB Camera operators capture images, which involves receiving camera directions (usually over a headset) from the Director.
nC Directors are responsible for the look and sound of a production and its technical standards; they interpret the Producer's and/or Writer's vision.
nD Location managers research and assess suitable locations, negotiate contracts and payments, and present their findings to Producers and other decision makers.
nE Network operations assistants co-ordinate the movements of program materials in and out of satellite and cable broadcasting organizations.
nF Presenters work at the front line of television and radio. They introduce and host programs, read the news, interview people and report on issues and events.
nG Production managers are responsible for all the organizational aspects of production scheduling and budgeting. nH Professional singers must perform the music given them to the best of their ability. nI Puppeteers bring inanimate objects to life in order to make them perform and interpret scripts with the same degree of integrity as actors.
nJ Researchers originate or develop program ideas, drawing on their knowledge and understanding of industry requirements, and present their findings to decision makers.
nK Stand up comedians usually write, direct, and perform their own material. nL Stunt performers are employed to take actors' places when dangerous or specialized actions are specified in the script, or to perform roles requiring specific skills.
nM Transmission engineers (or operations managers) supervise the transmission of all genres of television programs, working in the Master Control Room (MCR).
nN Vision mixers edit programs live (as they are being transmitted or recorded), using a variety of transition methods, such as cuts, mixes, wipes, frame manipulation, etc. WORKERS Behind the cameras Camera operators Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 117
WORKERS In front of the cameras Actors
PART 4 – video
Source: . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
117 5/26/16 5:07 PM
Let’s act with words! Let’s make a weather forecast What does Erin put in her forecast?
What does Erin Put in her Forecast? What are the most important things to put in your weather forecast? Here are Erin's top tips.
Erin Roberts presents weather for S4C using the same forecasting data as Weather Labs
"Good morning...hope you're up and ready for the day because it's going to be a good one, another dry and fine day in Swansea! The air pressure is up on yesterday bringing us clearer skies. Any clouds we have at the moment are likely to clear around midday and with those light 10 mph winds still coming from the south it's going to be warm again. We are expecting highs of around 23 Celsius in the City Centre this afternoon, well above the seasonal average but a degree or two lower in the surrounding areas. Temperatures will fall a little overnight but it will remain warm and humid with lows of around 15 Celsius, another uncomfortable night on the way. But make the most of it, it's not going to last. Rain is on the way early tomorrow, the first showers are likely to hit the city at around 9am. These could be prolonged and heavy by mid-afternoon and be accompanied by a significant dip in temperature. We will be back to the seasonal average with highs at around 18C tomorrow. Not looking too promising for Swansea City's match, it's likely to stay cloudy and rather wet."
Available at . Accessed on May 10, 2016.
What are the most important things to put in your weather forecast? In pairs, read Erin's forecast and identify the elements she uses in her text. The tips below may help you.
Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
UNIT 7 – it's on tv
Here are some tips Introduce yourself and greet the audience cheerfully; Try to get the main messages across in a simple way; Speak clearly; Make sure your forecast isn’t too long (around 1 minute); Make it as entertaining and local as possible.
118 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 118
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 2:55 PM
Writing Steps
Illustrations: TyBy/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Organizing Choose a weather forecast website on the Internet. Decide on a specific area for your forecast. You can pick a town or village in your area or even create a forecast specific to your school. Consider all the data you have carefully, one piece at a time. Which pieces of data are most important that day to tell the weather story? Preparing the first draft Make a first draft of your script. Peer editing Ask a classmate to revise it. Make the necessary corrections. Publishing Record a video or a podcast and publish it on Wikispaces. You can also keep the script in your portfolio.
Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Genre: A weather forecast Purpose: To build a weather forecast Tone: Formal Setting: Wikispaces Writer: You
6
2
7
8
1
3
10
2
9
5
Não escreva no livro.
119
6
7
2
1
8
6
1
7
4
4
5
3
PART 4 – video
9
10
Audience: Portfolio or wiki readers
3
4
4
5
3
2
5
1
6
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U07_106A119.indd 119
5/26/16 7:11 PM
Learning tips Did you know…?
How to learn with TV and videos
Programme (Br English) Program (Am English)
HBO Latin America/ID/BR
Television is great for learning English. The pictures make it easier to understand than radio and because you can see who’s talking, you get a better idea of what people mean. Just watch their “body language”! Watch programs that you find enjoyable and entertaining – whatever you watch will help you to improve your English. Here’s a guide to learning as much as possible while watching English television:
UNIT 7 – it's on tv
Only watch programs you find interesting. Learning English should be fun – not something you have to force yourself to do. If you have a passion for football, watch matches or the sports news. Keep a notebook near your television, so that you can jot down any new words or expressions that you hear. This is especially useful if the program you are watching has been subtitled into your language. Try to watch English television regularly. Even if you can only watch 15 minutes a day, you’ll be amazed how much you learn. Don’t worry if you don’t understand everything. English television is normally aimed at native Poster of Game of Thrones, a television show, 2012. English language speakers. Programs often include difficult words and expressions. If the program you’re watching is full of unknown words, just concentrate on understanding the general meaning. Even cartoons and children’s programs are useful when learning English, and quiz shows are useful for learning how to ask and answer questions in English. Keep a note of television programs and presenters that you find easy to understand and try to watch them regularly. Doing this will increase your confidence and give you a sense of achievement. Adapted from . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
If you don’t have cable TV or DVD player, you can find some new and old TV shows on YouTube.
120 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_learning_120A121.indd 120
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 5:11 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
7
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you’ve learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below:
… asking and answering questions. … offering help. … expressing decisions and willingness. … making promises. … making predictions. … identifying the final /l/ sound. … creating a weather forecast.
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I liked creating a weather forecast. I need to get better at expressing decisions and willingness.
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.). Read more. Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_learning_120A121.indd 121
Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
PART 4 – video
amazingmikael/iStock/Getty Images
Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English.
121 5/23/16 11:55 AM
8
Language in action Learn how to give
instructions
Talk about likes/
dislikes and present reasons Use linking words to write a tutorial
You broadcast Personal broadcastingandPersonal mobile broadcastingare terms forparticipatory journalismthat focuses on televisionwebcastingover the Internet and mobile Internet. The term is akin to “personal publishing” which is synonymous withblogging. However, personal broadcasting is not the same as “vlogging” (aportmanteauof “video web logging”), as vlogging does not stream live material.
Available at . Accessed on May 20, 2016
UNIT
1
122 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 122
Available at . Accessed on May 20, 2016.
3
Available at . Accessed on May 20, 2016
tairen/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
4
Available at . Accessed on May 20, 2016.
2
Available at . Accessed on May 20, 2016.
Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
5
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:39 AM
LEAD-IN 1.
Take a look at the snapshots on the previous page. Which pictures represent the type of videos you usually watch?
2. What do the snapshots show? Answer in your notebook. a) tutorials
c) advertisements
e) performances
g) reviews
b) trailers
d) experiments
f) complaints
h) recipes
3. In pairs, discuss the questions below. a) Do you know any video-sharing websites? If so, list them. b) Why do you think people post videos on video-sharing websites?
4. Do you know what viral videos are? Make a list of the five most popular viral videos in Brazil. 5. Do you know any famous people whose careers are associated with personal broadcasting? 6. Do you trust all the videos you watch online? How do you select the videos you watch? 7. Some people, including teenagers, have become popular vloggers or YouTubers and even made money with the videos they share. Do you follow any vloggers? Where do they publish their video logs? What are your favorite vlog channels?
Did you know…?
Vlogger A person who records himself/herself talking about their life and uploads it to various video sites. (Video Blog). Luke decided he had no talent so he became a Vlogger. By SuperDuper September 23, 2014
Adapted from . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
8. Have you ever uploaded a video to Vimeo, YouTube or any other popular video
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 123
PART 4 – video
tairen/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
doomu/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
broadcasting websites? If so, how many views did it get? If not, what kind of channel do you think you could create?
123 5/26/16 3:52 PM
LET’S READ! Before you read… a) Have
you ever broadcast yourself on a video-sharing website? you know any famous people whose careers are associated with personal broadcasting?
b) Do
1.
Read only the title of the text below and look at the images on page 125. What do you think the text is about?
2. Now read the text to confirm your hypothesis. HINT
Fame and Fortune: The Power of YouTube 3 jan 2012/ 0 Comments / in Social Media, Social Networking, YouTube/ by admin
By Julie Lamb |@juliedlamb
What do Justin Bieber, Colbie Caillat, Soulja Boy, and Sean Kingston all have in common? Aside from being celebrities/singers, they all started out simply by posting amateur videos of themselves on the Internet, and after developing a large following online, were fortunate enough to “get discovered” by important people in the music industry.
Ler a primeira sentença de cada parágrafo em um artigo pode ajudá-lo a entender os tópicos principais.
It may be easy to discount these stories as pure luck and claim that such successes don’t justify all the time that many YouTubers spend making videos. But the truth is that the path from YouTube sensation to professional musician is becoming more and more common, and this trend does not show signs of slowing down any time soon. As long as there are people willing to post their talent online, music executives now have an easy, free way to search for budding new stars without ever leaving their couches. More importantly, they no longer have to be limited to their city, state, or even their country. Take the story of Arnel Pineda, who has been the lead singer of the band Journey since 2007. Prior to 2007, Pineda performed in various groups at nightclubs in Hong Kong and the Philippines but finally got his big break when his friend posted videos of his performances on YouTube. At that time, Journey was looking for a new lead singer, and after holding numerous unsatisfying auditions, they turned to YouTube as their last hope… and found exactly what they were looking for in Arnel Pineda.
UNIT 8 – you broadcast
You could still say that Pineda was lucky, since in order to find the “diamonds in the rough” on YouTube, one must to sift through a huge amount of bizarre, inappropriate, or clearly talentless videos. However, between the number of views, “likes,” the comment section, and the ease of finding videos that have gone viral by posts on Facebook and Twitter, YouTube is still a relatively easy and efficient way to discover the next big star, in music or otherwise. Plus, with its global popularity, YouTube puts the world at your fingertips, which increases the chances that any talent-seeking executive will find someone who fits exactly what they are looking for. Finding success through YouTube is not just for musicians though. With YouTube’s Partner Program, even average people can earn a living by following their passion. As long as they create a video that enough people find interesting, they can start bringing home the bacon with a simple click of the upload button. For example, Megan Parken, now 15, began creating video tutorials on make up, fashion, and “life advice” the summer before she entered 8th grade. Although her YouTube channel was popular only with girls even younger than Megan, she was still able to get an average
124 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 124
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 5:07 PM
of 100,000 views per video. Through YouTube’s partner program and the companies whose brands she mentioned, she earned enough money to buy her first car and start saving money for college. In fact, she has been so successful that, with support from her parents and her teachers, she quit high school after 9th grade so that she could have more time to devote to her videos and to interact with her fans. Which brings us to an important point, for both individuals and businesses alike: every YouTube sensation, from Justin Bieber to Megan Parken, understands that it is not enough to simply post a video or two, find some success, and then expect it to last. In order to maintain and continue to grow your fan base in this fast-paced, social media-obsessed world, you have to be willing to put in the time and effort to interact with your followers on Twitter and continually post new content on Facebook and YouTube. The minute you stop, your content appears old and you become a “has-been.” Remember, there is always going to be some budding new star or innovative business only one upload away from taking your place.
Prince Williams/WireImage/Getty Images
Mike Windle/Getty Images
Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
Mathew Imaging/WireImage/Getty Images
Sean Kingston, 2015.
Rapper Soulja Boy, 2015.
3. How can fame and fortune be associated with personal broadcasting? 4. In your opinion, why is personal broadcasting becoming a more and more common marketing technique nowadays? Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 125
PART 4 – video
Arnel Pineda, 2015.
125 5/23/16 11:39 AM
5. Read the text and answer the questions in your notebook. a) What is the central idea of the text? b) How did the singers mentioned in the text achieve a successful career? c) What are other important actions for achieving success online besides posting a video on YouTube?
6. In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to find out more about the text.
nA Who? nB To whom? nC When? nD Where from? nE Forwarded to? 7.
nI Social networks nII 3 Jan 2012 III By Julie Lamb / @juliedlamb n IV Social Media Delivered n nV Famous-to-be artists
What does it mean to find “diamonds in the rough” on YouTube? Explain the expression in your own words. What strategy did you use to understand this expression?
8. Try to infer the meanings of the expressions below according to the context. Write in your notebook the correct combination of letters–numbers to match both columns accordingly.
nA budding new stars (line 10) nB big break (line 14) nC the world at your fingertips (line 23) nD fast-paced (line 41) nE a “has-been” (line 44)
nI a forgotten person nII rising talents III moving quickly n IV great opportunity n nV something which is easily reached
Vocabulary Corner Video-sharing sites contain some peculiar and specific words. In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to match the terms below to their correct descriptions.
UNIT 8 – you broadcast
nA Account nB Profile nC Caption nD Definition nE Screen size nF Channel nG Subscription
nI The amount of screen space available for the video. nII The affiliation to a certain channel you enjoy. III A personal area where you can group all your videos together. n IV The quality of the image defined by the amount of pixels. n nV The formal relationship between the user and the video-sharing site. VI An outline of your personal characteristics. n VII The text of a speech, etc., superimposed on the film and projected onto the screen. n
BEYOND THE LINES... a) Does fame on the Internet always mean success? Explain. b) Do you know any example of a YouTube video which interfered negatively in a person’s career?
126 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 126
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:54 PM
Let’s focus on language! The underlined words in the excerpts below are called “linking words.” These words help us organize what we say or write. Most of these linking words are commonly used in writing or more formal speech.
1.
Read these excerpts taken from the text “Fame and Fortune: The Power of YouTube.” Which linking words have the same meaning as the underlined words? Answer in your notebook. a) “Aside from being celebrities/singers, they all started out simply by posting amateur videos of themselves on the Internet […].”
nI Moreover
nII In addition to
III Except for n
b) “It may be easy to discount these stories as pure luck […]. But the truth is that the path from YouTube sensation to professional musician is becoming more and more common […].”
nI Such as
nII Yet
III In brief n
c) “As long as there are people willing to post their talent online, music executives now have an easy, free way to search for budding new stars without ever leaving their couches.”
nI Because
nII Provided that
III In short n
d) “More importantly, they no longer have to be limited to their city, state, or even their country.”
nI Likewise
nII Finally
III Above all n
e) “You could still say that Pineda was lucky, since in order to find the “diamonds in the rough” on YouTube, one must sift through a huge amount of bizarre, inappropriate, or clearly talentless videos.”
nI as
nII due to
III that is n
f) “However, between the number of views, […] and the ease of finding videos that have gone viral by posts on Facebook and Twitter, YouTube is still a relatively easy and efficient way to discover the next big star […].”
nII For example
III In conclusion n
g) “Plus, with its global popularity, YouTube puts the world at your fingertips, which increases the chances that any talent-seeking executive will find someone who fits exactly what they are looking for. […]”
nI Even though Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 127
nII Therefore
III Besides n
PART 4 – video
nI Nevertheless
127 5/26/16 3:54 PM
h) “In order to maintain and continue to grow your fan base in this fast-paced, social media obsessed world, you have to be willing to put in the time and effort to interact with your followers […].”
nI So as to nII In spite of III Otherwise n 2. Read the following excerpts taken from the text “Fame and Fortune: The Power of YouTube” and answer the questions in your notebook. “Aside from being celebrities/singers, they all started out simply by posting amateur videos of themselves on the Internet […]” “[...] they turned to YouTube as their last hope… and found exactly what they were looking for in Arnel Pineda.” “[…] one must sift through a huge amount of bizarre, inappropriate, or clearly talentless videos.” “[…] YouTube is still a relatively easy and efficient way to discover the next big star, in music or otherwise.” “[…] you have to be willing to put in the time and effort to interact with your followers on Twitter and continually post new content on Facebook and YouTube.”
a) Which word or words in bold describe(s) how you do something? b) Which word or words modify(ies) another word/phrase?
The highlighted words are called “adverbs of manner.” These adverbs can modify another word (adjectives and other adverbs) or describe an action (verb). c) In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to find out examples of different ways of writing adverbs of manner. Include the adjective that originates each of these adverbs.
nA adjective 1 -ly nB adjective 2 -y 1 -ily nC adjective 2 -e 1 -ly nI finally nII easily III importantly n IV relatively n nV simply UNIT 8 – you broadcast
3. Odd One Out! Notice that not all the words ending in –ly are adverbs of manner. Write in your notebook the word that doesn't belong to each group. a) negatively / probably / friendly b) only / quickly / lastly c) apply / slightly / automatically d) nearly / deadly / gently
128 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 128
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 5:55 PM
Let’s listen and talk!
nB lemon
nE lettuce
Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nD tomato Juanmonino/iStock/Getty Images
DNY59/iStock/Getty Images
sevenke/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nC bread
hilmi_m/iStock/Getty Images
n
A boiled chicken breast
Patryk Kosmider/Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
Listen to instructions on how to make a sandwich. Write down in your notebook the ingredients you hear.
benimage/iStock/Getty Images
1.
Africa Studio/Shutterstock. com/ID/BR
20
nF parsley
nG onion
nH carrot
2. In your notebook, write down the correct combination of letters–numbers to label the actions represented by the pictures.
VII
II
20
3. Listen to the recording again and put the instructions in sequence. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 129
V
I
IV
III
PART 4 – video
VI
Photos: Marcelo Parducci/ID/BR
nA put nB season (x2) nC shred nD add (x3)
129 5/26/16 7:14 PM
4. Is the text's genre on the previous page a review or a recipe? Write the answer in your notebook.
5. Was it probably broadcast as a video or a podcast? 6. What time expressions are used to show the sequence of actions in the instructions?
7.
Work alone. List five things you have watched on YouTube that you like, love, couldn’t care less about, hate.
Useful language I hated watching… since… I couldn’t care less about… because… I love… as… I like… because…
8. Now think about reasons for each choice in activity 7. In your notebook, draft your ideas
Dmitry Lobanov/Shuterstock.com/ID/BR
Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
using language from the Useful language box.
Pronunciation spot – the schwa vowel /ə /
UNIT 8 – you broadcast
The schwa vowel / ə / is a very short, quick sound. 21
Listen and repeat. Notice how the syllable with the schwa vowel / ə / receives less stress than the other syllables in the words. amateur inappropriate aside column amount performance open typical lesson
130 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 130
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 3:01 PM
Let’s focus on language! 1.
Read the following excerpt from the listening on page 129. “First, shred the chicken breast. Then, put in the chicken onto the bread slice. Next, add the lettuce, the tomato and the onion slices. Lastly, season with the parsley and the lemon juice.” We use the following words to show the order of instructions: First, ... Then, … After that, … Next, … Lastly, … Finally, … Why were the words used in bold? Copy the answer in your notebook. a) To introduce an opinion. b) To indicate the sequence of events. c) To make a pause to think.
2. The following sentences are used in the instructions for creating a “mangatar.” In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to make complete sentences.
nA Log in nB Choose nC Click nD Change nE Navigate nF Click nG Save
nI the gender of your manga. nII to select skin tone. III facial expressions by clicking the smileys. n IV at your account. n nV changes to your manga and give it a nickname. VI through the tabs to choose different features. n VII “Create” to continue. n
3. Use the sentences from the previous exercise to write the sequence of instructions to create a manga. Follow the numbers in the boxes and use the sequence words from exercise 1.
First, log in at your account. Then...
2 1
Face Your Manga. Facsimile: ID/BR
3
6
5
7
Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 131
PART 4 – video
4
131 5/26/16 6:24 PM
Let’s act with words! Let's create a tutorial A tutorial is a set of instructions to teach someone how to do or use something. It is very popular on YouTube. The following texts will help you write a tutorial.
The four-in-hand knot The four-in-hand is the all-time classic of tie knots. It is by far the most used, because it is simple to tie. It works well for most types of tie and with nearly all types of shirt collar. It is perfect for men of medium height and for tall men. Conical and elongated, the four-in-hand is narrow when tied with a lightweight fabric and wider when formed with a thick material. Preparation: Turn up the collar of your shirt, button the top button, then put the tie around your neck. Medium height men should position the narrow end of the tie at waist level. Tall men should position the narrow end a little above the waist. Narrow-chested men will look better with the Double Knot which has a similar shape. Psonha/ID/BR
The steps 2
1
Step 1. Just below the collar, lay the wide end over the narrow end. Step 2. Take the wide end behind the narrow end. 5
3
Step 3. Bring the wide end across the layover. Step 4. Holding a finger in the loop, bring the wide end up, then down through the loop. Step 5. Holding the narrow end, pull the knot gently up to the top shirt button.
4
When the knot is finished, the narrow end must be concealed and the wide end should be level with your belt. Available at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
UNIT 8 – you broadcast
Fernando Milani/ID/BR
Eye make-up tutorial First, prep the skin around your eye, then prep lids with a primer. After blending concealer under the eyes, wet a small, flat brush and rub it across a black cake liner. Pull the upper lid taut, and gently push the brush underneath and into the lashline. Your eyes will look wider and your lashes more defined. Always: Curl your lashes for an eye-opener before you apply any makeup.
Read the complete tutorial at . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
1.
What is the difference between the formats of the two tutorials?
132 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 132
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 11:39 AM
2. Choose from the options below and write your own tutorial in your notebook.
1
2
3
4
Psonha/ID/BR
Option 1: The Double Knot
The Double Knot is very similar to the Four-in-hand. It has just one more layover. At the beginning the wide end is turned twice over the narrow end. The slightly thicker finished knot makes it ideal for use with most shirts. It is also perfect with all types of tie, with the exception of very thick fabrics.
Option 2: Dreadlocks Step 1. Stop using conditioner a week to 10 days before you begin the process. Step 2. Mix about 1 tablespoon of vinegar with 1 quart of water. Rinse your hair with this vinegar-and-water solution the day you plan to start making your dreadlocks. This solution will remove any residue or buildup that may impede the process. You can also buy a residue-free shampoo and wash your hair with it.
Michael Stewart/Corbis/Fotoarena
a) Write a tutorial to teach the Double Knot technique to tie a tie. Use linking words to write your tutorial: first, then, after, finally.
b) Complete with the missing instructions.
Vocabulary you need for this tutorial: twist/retwist, tightly, pin, hairclip, rubber band, comb/backcomb, wax or pomade Excerpt from . Accessed on April 14, 2016.
3. Publish your tutorial on Wikispaces or keep a copy in your portfolio. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_U08_122A133.indd 133
Genre: Tutorial Purpose: To teach how to tie a tie or how to make dreadlocks Tone: Formal Setting: Wikispaces Writer: You Audience: Wiki readers
PART 4 – video
Step 3. Begin with dry hair. Take a portion of hair…
133 5/23/16 11:39 AM
let’s study for enem
Nesta charge, que critica os hábitos televisivos, a fala do menino tem por função, de forma indireta e irônica: Mosedare/CartoonStock
1.
ATENÇÃO: todas as questões foram elaboradas nos moldes das provas originais do Enem. Responda a todas as questões no caderno.
a) convidar a mãe a ler histórias. b) criticar o que seu amigo vê na TV. c) impedir a mãe de comprar pela TV. d) pedir à mãe para assistir a um filme. e) persuadir a mãe a mudar de canal. Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
2. O texto ao lado registra previsões meteorológicas para a cidade de Orlando, em maio de 2016. Assim, tomamos conhecimento de que, naquele fim de semana: a) a noite de sexta seria agradável e sem chuva. b) a probabilidade de chuva era nula para o sábado. c) a semana de trabalho fecharia com sol e chuva. d) haveria muitos ventos na sexta e no sábado. e) os movimentos dos ventos estariam controlados.
Weather Forecast May 2, 2016 Expect a toasty day for the area today. Highs near 90 with a rain chance setting up after 2pm at 30%. Tonight, lows fall through the 70s, rain chances dry up after 9pm. Quiet and warm overnight. North Texans prepare for hail with mattresses, pillows and bubblewrap Available at . Accessed on May 2, 2016.
Fame and Fortune: The Power of YouTube by Julie Lamb (Jan 03, 2012)
What do Justin Bieber, Colbie Caillat, Soulja Boy, and Sean Kingston all have in common? Aside from being celebrities/singers, they all started out simply by posting amateur videos of themselves on the Internet, and after developing a large following online, were fortunate enough to “get discovered” by important people in the music industry. It may be easy to discount these stories as pure luck and claim that such successes don’t justify all the time that many YouTubers spend making videos. But the truth is that the path from YouTube sensation to professional musician is becoming more and more common, and this trend does not show signs of slowing down any time soon. [...] Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
3. Esse texto fala do poder das tecnologias em nossa sociedade e nos informa que os cantores Justin Bieber, Colbie Caillat, Soulja Boy e Sean Kingston: UNIT 8 – you broadcast
a) postaram seus vídeos no YouTube antes de fazerem sucesso. b) fazem sucesso porque alimentam o YouTube com seus vídeos. c) foram descobertos no YouTube porque são bons profissionais. d) são músicos profissionais que anunciam seus shows no YouTube. e) descobriram a indústria da música nos vídeos do YouTube.
134 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_learning_134A135.indd 134
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 3:59 PM
time TO reflect
UNIT
8
Hands: Macrovector/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR Heart: Iktash/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, use the following phrases to think and write about what you’ve learned so far. You can start with…
I liked…
I am good at…
I didn’t like…
I need to get better at…
… and finish with one of the options below:
… describing actions. … using linking words. … expressing likes and dislikes. … giving instructions. … using connectors to put ideas in sequence. … identifying the sound /ə/. … creating a tutorial.
Images: Seudoux/Istock/Getty images
Examples: I am good at expressing likes and dislikes. I need to get better at describing actions.
What can I do to learn more? Manage my time more effectively. Do more exercises. Use more multimedia/digital resources (videos, music, apps, clips, podcasts, etc.).
Make international friends in social networks. Read more newspapers and magazines in English. Chat with my friends in English. Watch a movie/series with subtitles in English. Watch some tutorial videos in English. Ask for help. Other.
PART 4 – video
CREATISTA/iStock/Getty Images
Read more.
135 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_P04_learning_134A135.indd 135
5/23/16 11:44 AM
Time for literature “Cat in the Rain”
Ernest Hemingway was a very famous correspondent, reporter and writer, who lived in Paris, France, for some years in the 1920s, selfexiled from his country, the United States. He was in World War I. Part of the avant-garde artists, he is one of the most important American late modernists. Hemingway wrote many of his works in the post-war Paris of the 1920s and in Spain in the 1930s.
Rudolf Kucherov/Ria Novosti/AFP
1. You are going to read a short story by the American writer Ernest Hemingway. First, read the following short biography and a definition of short story. Then answer the questions in pairs.
(By the authors.)
Ernest Hemingway, by Andrei Kharshak, 1950. Pencil and paper. Reproduction.
A short story is a work of fiction that is usually written in prose, often in narrative format. According to the traditional method of narrative, in the short story the action and the conflict are built up through the development of the story until its outcome, going through a crisis and having a final resolution. In the modern narrative method, the story disregards the former scheme and is fragmented in an invertebrate structure. The traditional short story, in short, has a beginning, a middle, and an end. A modern short story, most times, has no beginning or end; it just shows a slice of life in the middle of something. The language of the modernistic narrative is direct, with short sentences and very little use of adjectives and long descriptions. In a short story, as in long narratives, we can usually detect such elements as: character (the people in the story), plot (the story itself), setting (place and time), theme (variable), style, form, genre, narrator (narrative voice), tense (how verbs are used and why). a) Based on Hemingway’s professional background, what type of text do you expect him to write? b) Considering the historical context he lived in, what themes do you expect to find in his literature? c) What other short stories have you already read?
Time for Literature
d) What are the narrative methods and how are they different?
Did you know…? Literary Modernism has its origins in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, mainly in Europe and North America. This movement is characterized by a self-conscious break with traditional styles of poetry and verse.
136 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_2_136A139.indd 136
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 3:09 PM
Spiritartist/iStock/Getty Images
2. Now, read the short story and then do the activities. As you read, try to identify the elements mentioned in the previous description.
Cat in the Rain There were only two Americans stopping at the hotel. They did not know any of the people they passed on the stairs on their way to and from their room. Their room was on the second floor facing the sea. It also faced the public garden and the war monument. There were big palms and green benches in the public garden. In the good weather there was always an artist with his easel. Artists liked the way the palms grew and the bright colors of the hotels facing the gardens and the sea. Italians came from a long way off to look up at the war monument. It was made of bronze and glistened in the rain. It was raining. The rain dripped from the palm trees. Water stood in pools on the gravel paths. The sea broke in a long line in the rain and slipped back down the beach to come up and break again in a long line in the rain. The motor cars were gone from the square by the war monument. Across the square in the doorway of the café a waiter stood looking out at the empty square. The American wife stood at the window looking out. Outside right under their window a cat was crouched under one of the dripping green tables. The cat was trying to make herself so compact that she would not be dripped on. ‘I’m going down and get that kitty,’ the American wife said.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_2_136A139.indd 137
‘I’ll do it,’ her husband offered from the bed. ‘No, I’ll get it. The poor kitty out trying to keep dry under a table.’ The husband went on reading, lying propped up with the two pillows at the foot of the bed. ‘Don’t get wet,’ he said. The wife went downstairs and the hotel owner stood up and bowed to her as she passed the office. His desk was at the far end of the office. He was an old man and very tall. ‘Il piove,’ the wife said. She liked the hotel-keeper. ‘Si, Si, Signora, brutto tempo. It is very bad weather.’ He stood behind his desk in the far end of the dim room. The wife liked him. She liked the deadly serious way he received any complaints. She liked his dignity. She liked the way he wanted to serve her. She liked the way he felt about being a hotel-keeper. She liked his old, heavy face and big hands. Liking him she opened the door and looked out. It was raining harder. A man in a rubber cape was crossing the empty square to the café. The cat would be around to the right. Perhaps she could go along under the eaves. As she stood in the doorway an umbrella opened behind her. It was the maid who looked after their room.
Time for Literature
By Ernest Hemingway
137 5/24/16 3:09 PM
Time for literature
Time for Literature
‘You must not get wet,’ she smiled, speaking Italian. Of course, the hotel-keeper had sent her. With the maid holding the umbrella over her, she walked along the gravel path until she was under their window. The table was there, washed bright green in the rain, but the cat was gone. She was suddenly disappointed. The maid looked up at her. ‘Ha perduto qualque cosa, Signora?’ ‘There was a cat,’ said the American girl. ‘A cat?’ ‘Si, il gatto.’ ‘A cat?’ the maid laughed. ‘A cat in the rain?’ ‘Yes, –’ she said, ‘under the table.’ Then, ‘Oh, I wanted it so much. I wanted a kitty.’ When she talked English the maid’s face tightened. ‘Come, Signora,’ she said. ‘We must get back inside. You will be wet.’ ‘I suppose so,’ said the American girl. They went back along the gravel path and passed in the door. The maid stayed outside to close the umbrella. As the American girl passed the office, the padrone bowed from his desk. Something felt very small and tight inside the girl. The padrone made her feel very small and at the same time really important. She had a momentary feeling of being of supreme importance. She went on up the stairs. She opened the door of the room. George was on the bed, reading. ‘Did you get the cat?’ he asked, putting the book down. ‘It was gone.’ ‘Wonder where it went to,’ he said, resting his eyes from reading. She sat down on the bed. ‘I wanted it so much,’ she said. ‘I don’t know why I wanted it so much. I wanted that poor kitty. It isn’t any fun to be a poor kitty out in the rain.’ George was reading again. She went over and sat in front of the mirror of the dressing table looking at herself with the hand glass. She studied her profile, first one side and then the other. Then she studied the back of her head and her neck. ‘Don’t you think it would be a good idea if I let my hair grow out?’ she asked, looking at her profile again. George looked up and saw the back of her neck, clipped close like a boy’s.
‘I like it the way it is.’ ‘I get so tired of it,’ she said. ‘I get so tired of looking like a boy.’ George shifted his position in the bed. He hadn’t looked away from her since she started to speak. ‘You look pretty darn nice,’ he said. She laid the mirror down on the dresser and went over to the window and looked out. It was getting dark. ‘I want to pull my hair back tight and smooth and make a big knot at the back that I can feel,’ she said. ‘I want to have a kitty to sit on my lap and purr when I stroke her.’ ‘Yeah?’ George said from the bed. ‘And I want to eat at a table with my own silver and I want candles. And I want it to be spring and I want to brush my hair out in front of a mirror and I want a kitty and I want some new clothes.’ ‘Oh, shut up and get something to read,’ George said. He was reading again. His wife was looking out of the window. It was quite dark now and still raining in the palm trees. ‘Anyway, I want a cat,’ she said, ‘I want a cat. I want a cat now. If I can’t have long hair or any fun, I can have a cat.’ George was not listening. He was reading his book. His wife looked out of the window where the light had come on in the square. Someone knocked at the door. ‘Avanti,’ George said. He looked up from his book. In the doorway stood the maid. She held a big tortoise-shell cat pressed tight against her and swung down against her body. ‘Excuse me,’ she said, ‘the padrone asked me to bring this for the Signora.’ Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
GLOSSARY easel: cavalete de pintor eaves: beiral do telhado purr: ronronar
3. Write in your notebook the subject on which Hemingway dwells in this short story. a) Exiles in faraway countries
c) A young woman trying to find her place in life
b) Life in Paris after the war
d) Post war lack of purpose in life
138 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_2_136A139.indd 138
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:05 PM
4. Write in your notebook the characteristics represented in Ernest Hemingway’s short story “Cat in the Rain”? a) The narrative is fragmented.
c) It shows a slice of life.
b) There is a resolution in the end.
d) The couple is facing a crisis.
5. What’s the setting of the short story? 6. Who is the main character in the story? 7. How are the exiles depicted in the short story? 8. In this story, the expression “cat in the rain” is used in its normal literal meaning and figuratively as well. To what/whom does it refer in the literal meaning and in the figurative meaning? Answer in your notebook. 9. What verb tenses are used in the narrative part of the short story? Why? 10. Write in your notebook the phrase(s) which best describe(s) the narrator in this short story? a) first person
e) omniscient
b) second person
f) unreliable
c) third person
g) objective
d) alternating person
h) subjective
11. The author uses a foreign language in the short story. In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to match the sentences and their meanings.
nA “Avanti.” nB “Ha perduto qualque cosa, Signora?” nC “Il piove.” nD “Si, Il gatto.” nE “Si, Si, Signora, brutto tempo.”
nI “It’s raining.” nII “Yes, yes, Madam, awful weather.” III “Have you lost something, Madam?” n IV “Yes, the cat.” n nV “Come in.”
12. To what literary genre would you say this short story belongs to? Write the answer in your notebook. a) Adventure – a story where the characters undergo a series of perils. b) Comic – a funny story that makes you laugh. c) Epistolary – a story told through an exchange of letters. d) Magic realism – where real life is mixed with fantastic beings. e) Erotic – stories involving sex. f) Historical – created fiction which happens in the middle of real historical events. g) Horror – a story with unlikely events that frighten the reader. h) Superhero – a story involving a superhero like Superman or Spiderman. j) Urban – a story that takes place in a city or town. k) Saga – a story that tells the tale of various generations of characters. l) Thriller – a story in which there is a crime and an investigation.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_time_for_literature_2_136A139.indd 139
Time for Literature
i) Romance – a story that tells of a love story.
139 5/26/16 4:07 PM
Extra Activities PART
‣ PRO F ESSI ON SP OT 1.
1
In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to match the names of the following Internet careers to their corresponding definitions.
nV User operations analyst VI Web designer n VII Web developer n VIII Webmaster n Michaeljung/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nI Blogger II Internet judge n III Network engineer n IV Social media consultant n
nA nB nC nD nE nF nG
writes articles and/or posts for online publications. is responsible for installing, maintaining and supporting computer communication networks within an organization or between organizations. is an individual who is employed by a search engine to review and rate websites. is someone who creates web-based applications by using programming languages. is someone who works with the visual elements of a Web page. an be either a Web developer or a Web designer. He or she usually works alone doing both jobs as he or c she maintains a website. In addition, he or she may be responsible for search engine optimization (SEO), web content writing, and/or marketing. is someone who sets up and maintains accounts on Twitter, Facebook, MySpace and any other social media site that pops up. He or she might work for a public relations director or alongside a branding consultant. Whatever the case, this person needs to keep the content fresh, monitor user feedback and create a persona for the company – all through the click of a mouse.
extra activities
nH monitors how users interact with the site, answers users’ questions or listens to their feedback to see what they want in a site and reports the results to the site owner.
Sources: ; ; ; and . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
140 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 140
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 12:34 PM
‣ L ET’S R EA D ! Before you read… a) Do b) In
The text below mentions the expression “the age of distraction”. Is the Internet the one to blame, or is it the way we deal with the new communication technologies? Archive/Learning Fundamentals
1.
you get distracted easily? your opinion, what are the most distracting activities on the Internet?
2. Based on the infographic above and on your knowledge about the topic, which option in parentheses makes appropriate recommendations to help people focus? Use your notebook. Managing your space
nA (Do/Don’t do) just one thing at a time. nB (Keep/Don’t keep) distractions away from you. nC (Spend/Don’t spend) ten minutes organizing your things. nD (Spend/Don’t spend) time with your family and friends. nE (Use/Don’t use) your cell phone, send e-mail, watch TV, or access Facebook. Help for addicts
nF (Use/Don’t use) blocker programs or adopt an alternative way to write. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 141
extra activities
Take a digital technology detox
141 5/24/16 10:24 AM
Extra Activities Take time to reflect and review
n
Early in the morning, G (check/don’t check) your e-mail until you have decided what the three most important things to be done are.
n
At the end of the day, H (reflect/don’t reflect) on what you did during the day. Managing e-mail
nI (Turn on/Don’t turn on) e-mail alerts. nJ (Keep/Don’t keep) your computer disconnected from 8 am to 10 am. nK (Check/Don’t check) e-mail two or three times a day. Create rituals/habits
nL (Have/Don’t have) a quiet morning: read, meditate, go for a walk. Before bedtime, n M (wash/don’t wash) your face, clean the dishes, read a book. How to work
nN (Stay/Don’t stay) away from the computer. nO (Work/ Don’t work) for fifty minutes and have a break for twenty minutes.
‣ l et’s f oc us on la n g uag e!
1.
The following text is a description of a social networking service. In your notebook, replace the letters by the appropriate verbs to complete the text. Use the correct tense. connect focus
be share
consist chat
A social networking service A an online service, platform, or site that B on facilitating the building of social networks or social relations among people who, for example, C interests, activities, backgrounds, or real-life connections. A social network service D of a representation of each user (often a profile), his/her social links, and a variety of additional services. […] Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
2. In your notebook, replace the letters by the verbs in parentheses. Decide if the actions are in progress or are routines/habits. We A (live) in curious times. It’s called the Age of Information, but in another light it can be called the Age of Distraction. […] When we B (work), we C (have) distractions coming from every direction. In front of us D (be) the computer, with e-mail notifications and other notifications of all kinds. Then there’s the addicting lure of the browser, which
extra activities
E (contain) not only an endless amount of reading material that can be a black hole into which we never F (escape), but unlimited opportunities for shopping, for chatting with other people, for gossip and news and lurid photos and so much more. […] Computers G (take over) our lives. And while I H (be) as pro-technology as the next guy (more so in many cases), I also I (think) we need to consider the consequences of this new lifestyle. […] Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
142 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 142
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:31 PM
‣
2
Read the following excerpt and answer the questions in your notebook. mikiekwoods/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
1.
PART
L ET’S R EA D !
An April 2009 survey by the Pew Research Center’s Internet & American Life Project shows that 56% of adult Americans have accessed the internet by wireless means, such as using a laptop, mobile device, game console, or MP3 player. The most prevalent way people get online using a wireless network is with a laptop computer; 39% of adults have done this. Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
a) Who has accessed the Internet by wireless means? b) Does the text mention when the Internet was accessed? c) What does “this” in “39% of adults have done this” refer to? What is more important, the fact itself or when it happened? d) Find in the text two sentences which refer to actions that happened at an unspecified time in the past. Which tense is used in these sentences? e) Would you say these figures are the same for Brazil and your community? f) Would Wi-Fi Internet be relevant for your community?
‣ vo cab u lary CO R N ER
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 143
VII
Jane Kelly/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
siridhata/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
V
extra activities
VI
IV
Enculescu Marian Vladut/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
III
II
D-Line/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
I
siridhata/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
nA Credit Card nB Podcast nC Wireless nD Upload nE Bluetooth nF Download nG GPS
sarahdesign/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
In your notebook, write the correct combination of letters–numbers to match the symbols and their meanings.
Vectorphoto/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
1.
143 5/26/16 4:33 PM
Extra Activities
‣ L ET’S F OC US ON LA N G UAG E! 1.
Replace the letters with the appropriate tense of the verbs in parentheses to complete the sentences about the history of the radio. Use your notebook. James Clerk Maxwell A (not/create) the first radio. He B (develop) the first radio-wave mathematical formula. In 1888, Heinrich Hertz C (test) Maxwell’s assumption. The radio D (be) a subdivision of telecommunication. “When E Oliver Lodge F (name) the coherer?” “In 1894.” In 1888, Temistocle Calzecchi-Onesti G (demonstrate) that a tube with iron filings conducted an electrical current. Radio communication H (involve) the transmission of electromagnetic waves. Before the 19th century, many scientists I (try) to invent something like the radio. Marconi J (notice) that electromagnetic waves K (travel) between two points separated by an obstacle.
2. In your notebook, list other verbs according to the adequate spelling rule. Do you notice any recurrent patterns in the categories?
Simple Past spelling rules
1
2
3
4
5
dance - danced love - loved live - lived
cut - cut put - put hit - hit
stop - stopped rub - rubbed plan - planned
play - played annoy - annoyed enjoy - enjoyed
worry - worried study - studied copy - copied
3. Ask a classmate if she/he has ever done the following actions. Write the questions in your notebook. mediaphotos/iStock/Getty Images
Example: Text during a class. Have you ever texted during class? a) Receive an unexpected call in the movies. b) Access the Internet on a smartphone. c) Download apps on your cell phone. d) See someone texting while driving. e) Exchange files via Bluetooth. f) Leave a message on voicemail. g) Send pictures via SMS. h) Film with a smartphone.
4. Write five statements about your classmate based on the answers you received in activity 3. Look at the two examples below. Include the words never, yet, or already. Paula has never texted during a class. Paula hasn’t texted during a class yet.
extra activities
5. Add at least 5 examples of irregular verbs in each category of the chart below. Check the list on page 172 as necessary. All forms are the same cut – cut – cut
144 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 144
2nd and 3rd forms are the same lose – lost – lost
All forms are different drive – drove – driven Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 4:34 PM
‣
3
PART
profession spot
Paolo Bona/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Newspaper staff positions
A typical day in a Brazilian newsroom, 2015.
1.
In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to find out what each professional does at a newspaper company.
nI Advertising manager II Business manager n III Copy editor n IV Editor-in-chief n nV Features editor VI Managing editor n VII News editor n VIII Opinion editor n IX Photo/ Graphics editor n X Sports editor n
nA reviews all photos and graphics in the paper and edits them to fit layout. nB reads and edits feature stories, assigns stories to writers, and manages the layout of the features section.
nC determines the layout of all ads, sells advertisement spots, and designs some ads.
nD is in charge of the news section, reads and edits all news stories, works out the layout of the sections, and assigns specific stories to writers.
nE reads and edits the entire sports section, manages layout, and occasionally writes an article for the section.
nF proofreads the entire paper, edits copy and photos to fit layout. nG reads and edits the entire opinion section, usually writes his/her own column, and manages the layout of the opinion section.
nH oversees all phases of the production of the paper, reviews all articles
and sections, and assigns staff with their stories, along with the section editors.
nI manages money of the newspaper and is in charge of marketing, salaries, nJ helps the editor-in-chief decide content of the issue, designs overall layout and section layout with section editors.
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 145
extra activities
and the overall budget.
145 5/23/16 12:35 PM
Extra Activities 1.
The Economist/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
‣ L Et’s r ea d ! What type of magazine is this? Why do you think so? Support your answer.
2. The word “fall” can be interpreted literally and metaphorically. What are some of the possible interpretations? You can use a dictionary to help you.
3. What does the falling object represent literally and metaphorically?
4. Do you think the message portrayed on this cover is positive or negative? Why? Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
5. Read the excerpts and decide what idea the underlined words/ expressions convey. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters.
nA adding nB showing result nC summing up nD giving examples nE making contrast n
a) Although ( I ) the company says it plans to add 5 to 15 HD titles per month, their HD offerings will still lag severely behind the availability of film and TV on Blu-ray. Also ( II ), new HD rentals cost $6, while ( III ) catalog rentals are $4. Finally, you’ll need a 4-megabits-per-second connection.
n
n
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
b) Since the introduction of the modern computer, obtaining information has been increasingly simple, especially with the help of the Internet, online encyclopedias and other various CDROMs. The computer can also accomplish smaller chores with ease. For example ( IV ), the builtin calculator in Windows comes in handy when figuring calculations. In brief ( V ), computers are remarkably important in finishing trivial everyday tasks.
n
n
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
c) The monthly charge for a new PC typically is less than the monthly fee to finance the cost of a new TV. Moreover ( VI ), consumers who choose the monthly repayment option on the purchase of a television often must use the company’s store credit card to do so. This is not typically the case with “free PCs.” Thus ( VII ), as the cost of the average entry-level personal computer continues to fall well below that of the average television set, American households should have fewer problems affording new computers.
n
extra activities
n
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
146 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 146
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 10:29 AM
‣ vo ca b ula ry c or n er Relate the letters below to the parts of a news story. Answer in your notebook. The New York Times/ID/BR
1.
A
B
C
D
Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
2. Use the suffixes -ion, -tion, and -ment to transform the verbs below into nouns. Use your notebook. entertain
empower
collect
classify
inform
3. Use the suffixes -ing and -ive to transform the verbs below into adjectives. Use your notebook. collect
perform
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 147
communicate
entertain
inform
extra activities
communicate
147 5/24/16 10:34 AM
Extra Activities
‣
PART
tu rn on t h e juk eb ox !
Before you listen… a) What
do you think a sunny day can represent to people? b) What about a rainy day, or a cloudy day? c) How can the weather influence people’s moods? d) Do you think that a sunny day has the same effect on people who live in very cold and dark climate and on people from a tropical place? Why (not)?
22
1.
4
HINT Repare como as palavras são ligadas, fazendo a língua soar mais natural.
Listen to “Rain Will Fall” by Alain Clark. How do you like the song? Alain Clark is a Dutch musician and producer. “Rain Will Fall” features in his album Live It Out.
Peter Van Breukelen/Redferns/Getty Images
Rain Will Fall (by Alain Clark)
Hang around on a sunny day it’s alright Picking flowers at the dawn of May it’s all bright Safe people don’t go to pray and it’s alright Saying sorry when you know you’re wrong it’s all good Sing these lyrics to another song and it’s all good Just as long as you go along it’s all good But where there are clouds Rain will fall Cold love looks you in the eye and that’s okay Two lovers with an alibi that’s touché sk no questions and you hear no lies is what they say A Ride the storm and laugh about it It’s just a breeze if you look the other way No sky’s ever been clear without it Take a dive when the water’s warm Blow the smoke away from the smoke alarm Hurt no one and you do no harm
Alain Clark, 2014.
But don’t you know That where there are clouds Rain will fall Where there are clouds Rain will fall Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
2. Some weather expressions were used as metaphors in this song. In your notebook, write the correct combination of numbers–letters to match the metaphors to their possible meanings.
nI Something which will pass quickly/ something which causes no harm
extra activities
nII Sign of anger III Problems n IV Tears n nV Difficulties, challenges
22
nA clouds nB rain nC breeze nD smoke nE storm
3. What idea do the first three verses of the song convey? 4. Do you agree with the advice in the song? Justify your answer. 5. Listen to the song and sing along!
148 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 148
Não escreva no livro.
5/25/16 2:51 PM
‣ vo cab u lary c orner What is the corresponding symbol for each weather condition? In your notebook, write the right combination of letters–numbers.
nA sunny nB stormy nC snowy
nD windy nE rainy nF cloudy
I
III
V
II
IV
VI
Illustrations: TyBy/Shutterstock.com/ ID/BR
1.
‣ L Et ’s read! 1.
Replace the letters of the excerpt below with the adverbs carefully, extremely, historically, relatively, relentlessly, seriously, suddenly and only. Use your notebook.
For Teenage Girls, Facebook Means Always Being Camera-Ready By Randye Hoder
n
n
It used to be that the A people B concerned about getting caught in grungy sweat pants, sans makeup, were starlets stalked by the paparazzi. But in today’s hyper-public Internet age, young teenagers are C living their lives camera-ready — and it’s not a pretty picture.
n
I first noticed this while looking over my 14-year-old son’s shoulder at photos of his “friends” on Facebook. Girls, in particular, seemed to be always posing for the camera: hair swept back, hand on hip, dressed just so. […] Creating a persona via Facebook is nothing new. Kids have been doing this since the site was first launched eight years ago. By D selecting their own profile pictures, younger teenagers have become quite adept at managing their image. But what is E new is that the glare of the camera is never far away. And that is F affecting how adolescent girls conduct themselves in their actual, everyday lives. Girls this age, who have felt pressured G to look their best most of the time, H seem to feel as if they need to look their best all of the time.
n
n
n
n
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 149
extra activities
n
149 5/23/16 12:35 PM
Extra Activities TIME FOR LITERATURE
Essay to Miss Catharine Jay (by Charles C. Bombaugh) Read the poem Essay to Miss Catharine Jay, by Charles C. Bombaugh, and try to rewrite it in your notebook decoding the abbreviations and numbers. Saying the letters and numbers aloud can help in some cases. For example: “U” sounds like “You.” Private Collection. Facsimile: ID/BR
1.
Essay to Miss Catharine Jay by Charles C. Bombaugh (~1847)
An S A now I mean 2 write 2 U sweet K T J, The girl without a | |, The belle of U T K. I 1 der if U got that 1 I wrote 2 U B 4 I sailed in the R K D A, And sent by L N Moore. My M T head will scarce contain A calm I D A bright; M
}
But A T miles from U I must this chance 2 write.
And 1st, should N E N V U, B E Z, mind it not;
Charles C. Bombaugh, c. XIX.
Should N E friendship show, B true; They should not B forgot. From virt U nev R D V 8; Her influence B 9 A like induces 10 dern S, Or 40 tude D vine.
He says he loves U 2 X S, U R virtuous and Y’s, In X L N C U X L All others in his i’s.
And if you cannot cut a —
This S A, until U I C,
Or cut an !
I pray U 2 X Q’s,
I hope U ’ll put a .
And do not burn in F E G
2 1 ?.
My young and wayward muse.
R U for an X ation 2,
Now fare U well, dear K T J,
My cous N? — heart and
I trust that U R true—
He off R’s in a ¶
When this U C, then you can say,
A § 2 of land.
An S A I O U.
extra activities
Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
2. Be a poet! In your notebook, write a poem in text message style or choose a poem you like and rewrite it in this style. Then text it to a classmate for feedback. You can also post it on your wiki. Remember to include a copy of it in your portfolio.
150 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 150
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 5:26 PM
TIME FOR LITERATURE
1.
Universal Pictures/Album Cinema/Latinstock
Pride and Prejudice (by Jane Austen) Jane Austen wrote six novels during her lifetime. They are Pride and Prejudice, Sense and Sensibility, Emma, Northanger Abbey, Mansfield Park, and Persuasion. All of them have been adapted into movies. Have you ever seen any of these movies?
2. Take a look at a poster of the 2005 film version of Pride and Prejudice. The catch line on the bottom reads: “Sometimes the last person on earth you want to be with is the one person you can’t be without.” Now answer these two questions. a) What genre do you expect the story to be? b) Do you agree with the statement in the poster’s catch line? Why (not)?
3. Despite the effort of the movie director, sometimes movies are released with technical problems. Below you have some mistakes in the movie adaptation of Pride and Prejudice. Continuity: At the dinner in Lady Catherine’s house, the second candle from the left in the candle holder is alternately crooked/straight during Elizabeth and Lady Catherine’s conversation. Crew or equipment visible: When Mrs. Bennet follows Elizabeth out to the pond, after Elizabeth’s refusal of Mr. Collins, Mrs. Bennet’s audio cord can be seen stretched out from under her dress. It is masked with foliage, but still clearly visible. Revealing mistakes: During the first scene of the movie in the house when Mary is seen playing the piano, she is not actually touching the keys. Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
a) Have you ever found a mistake in a movie you saw? b) Here is a challenge: Watch the movie and try to find them. Have fun!
4. Let’s tweet! Start by reading the first descriptive paragraph in Jane Austen’s text again.
The novel, as it has already been pointed out, was written in the 18th century. Notice that people do not speak in the same way nowadays. Having this in mind, your task is to rewrite the paragraph in the way you would say it nowadays and tweet about the arrival of a new boy/girl in the neighborhood. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 151
Remember to use colloquial everyday English of today, using no more than 140 characters!
extra activities
“… Mrs. Long says that Netherfield is taken by a young man of large fortune from the north of England; that he came down on Monday in a chaise and four to see the place, and was so much delighted with it that he agreed with Mr. Morris immediately; that he is to take possession before Michaelmas, and some of his servants are to be in the house by the end of next week.”
151 5/26/16 12:13 PM
Extra Activities TIME FOR LITERATURE
Cat in the Rain
1.
Connect the following sentences in such a way that you will have a summary of the short story “Cat in the Rain”. Add connecting words and new expressions when necessary, such as and, where, above all, after, later, also, or any other you wish. Use your notebook.
She likes the hotel owner a lot. She wishes she had long hair in contrast with her short manly curls. A young American couple is staying at a hotel in Italy after the end of war. She could receive guests and use shining silver with candles on the table. They have no friends there. She wants a cat she can hold and stroke and call her own too. The husband spends most of his time lying in bed reading a book. She talks to the hotel owner. She wishes she had a house of her own. The hotel owner is a very kind old man. She goes down to try to save the cat from the rain. She goes back to the room. The hotel maid comes to her door with the little cat. The wife is restless. She sees a cat in the patio in the rain. She starts to wish for a lot of things. The maid says the “padrone” had sent her the kitten.
extra activities
The cat is gone.
2. Look back at the first chapter of Pride and Prejudice that you read in Time for Literature, where the position of women in society was mentioned. Think of the American wife in “Cat in the Rain” and, in pairs, discuss the following topics.
152 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 152
Não escreva no livro.
6/1/16 8:27 PM
a) More than one hundred years after the time of Jane Austen, what was a woman’s position in society? b) Does the American wife seem freer to choose her own destiny than Austen’s heroines? c) Does George, the American husband, seem to consider his wife’s wishes? d) The narrator says that the wife likes the hotel owner, but it never says the wife likes her husband. Why do you think this is? e) When the wife asks her husband about letting her hair grow, it seems she depends on his opinion even for small things. Do you think wives nowadays need that kind of reassurance? f) The husband is more interested in the book he is reading than in his wife. With a married couple today, would the husband be reading a book or working on his computer/checking his cell phone? How do you see the interference of computers and the Internet in a couple’s relationship nowadays? g) It’s nearly one hundred years since “Cat in the Rain” was written. How do you compare couples’ relationships like the one described by Hemingway with relationships of the 21st century?
3. Now read the following lines, written by Shakespeare in the 17th century,and answer the questions Crw Publishing/ID/BR
that follow. Thy husband is thy lord, thy life, thy keeper, Thy head, thy sovereign; one that cares for thee, And for thy maintenance commits his body To painful labour both by sea and land, To watch the night in storms, the day in cold, Whilst thou liest warm at home, secure and safe; And craves no other tribute at thy hands But love, fair looks and true obedience; Too little payment for so great a debt. (The Taming of the Shrew 5.2.145-53)
Did you know…? In old English thy means your, thee means you (as an object in the sentence) and thou means you (as a subject in the sentence). Observe also that in Old English st was used with the second person of verbs in the present. Example: thou liest instead of you lie.
a) In this excerpt from The Taming of the Shrew, which words are used to describe the husband? b) According to Shakespeare’s text, what are the main qualities of a wife? c) What does the text imply is the reward a husband expects from a wife? d) And why should the wife give such rewards?
In 1967, the Italian movie director Franco Zeffirelli filmed this play by Shakespeare, featuring Richard Burton and Elizabeth Taylor, two great actors of the time, and the film became a classic. You can find it in video rentals if you are interested in checking out this very interesting story.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_extra_activities_140A153.indd 153
GLOSSARY sovereign: soberano(a) whilst: enquanto extra activities
Did you know…?
Columbia Pictures/ID/BR
e) How would you compare marriage in Hemingway’s text with marriage in Shakespeare’s play?
153 5/23/16 12:35 PM
Crossing boundaries Knowledge across English and Chemistry Do your part to save the environment! How about learning how to help the environment by trying different solutions to get the same result we get with industrialized products? Before you do an interesting experiment, work in pairs and do the following activities. Use your notebook.
1.
Make a list of the environmental problems the planet is facing today as a result of human activity. Then decide: What can each individual do to help?
2. What do you do with comic books, newspapers, and magazines when you need to discard them?
3. Look at the images below. How do you think they are related to some environmental
crossing boundaries
Gts/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Andrew Scherbackov/ Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Andreja Donko/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
qvist/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
problems we face today?
4. One of the images above shows a type of industrialized product for cleaning glass. Do you know any substitutes for this product which would cause less harm to the environment?
154 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 154
Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 6:21 PM
You are the researcher! 5. Let’s try a revealing experiment in groups. Ask your chemistry teacher to help you. After you have done your project, discuss the results with your group and present them to the whole class.
Testing an alternative way to clean surfaces You will compare a solution of vinegar and an industrialized cleaning product. You will need the following: a dirty mirror, glass window, or any other dirty glass surface a bottle of vinegar a bottle of industrialized window cleaner
Illustrations: Psonha/ID/BR
This is the procedure for your experiment: 1. Soak a piece of old newspaper with a diluted solution of vinegar.
2. Scrub half of the dirty glass surface for one minute with the vinegar solution.
3. Spray the industrialized window cleaner on the other half of the glass surface.
4. Scrub it for one minute.
5. After doing this, observe the surface. Which half is cleaner? Is there a noticeable difference?
6. Discuss your results using the questions below as a guide. b) Is it a good idea to use old newspaper to clean glass surfaces? What are the positive and negative points? c) Study the label of an industrialized cleaning product. Do research on its ingredients and list their impact on the environment. Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 155
crossing boundaries
a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of using a “green” cleaner?
155 5/24/16 12:04 PM
Crossing boundaries Knowledge across English and Physics You are going to learn how to design an interesting camera. You are also going to try different experiments involving Physics. Before you start, ask a classmate these questions: a) Do you usually take photos or make videos of family and friends? b) Which device(s) do you normally use to take photos?
1.
Read this text and answer the questions.
Pinhole Photography History, Images, Cameras, Formulas by Jon Grepstad, 1996
Introduction Pinhole photography is lensless photography. A tiny hole replaces the lens. Light passes through the hole; an image is formed in the camera. Pinhole cameras are small or large, improvised or designed with great care. Cameras have been made of seashells, many have been made of oatmeal boxes, coke cans or cookie containers, at least one has been made of a discarded refrigerator. Cameras have been cast in plaster like a face mask, constructed from beautiful hardwoods, built of metal with bellows and a range of multiple pinholes. Station wagons have been used as pinhole cameras – and rooms in large buildings. Basically a pinhole camera is a box, with a tiny hole at one end and film or photographic paper at the other. Pinhole cameras are used for fun, for art and for science. Designing and building the cameras are great fun. Making images with cameras you have made yourself is a great pleasure, too. But in serious photography the pinhole camera is just an imaging device with its advantages and limitations, special characteristics and potentials. By making the best of the camera’s potential great images can be produced. Some of the images could not have been produced with a lens. […] Available at . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
a) What is the difference between a “regular” camera and a pinhole camera? b) Which materials/things have already been used to build pinhole cameras?
2. Learn more about this art. With the help of your Physics teacher, do some research on one of these topics.
crossing boundaries
How cameras work
156 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 156
How digital cameras work How instant cameras work How light affects the quality of photos What causes red eyes in photos Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 10:41 AM
You are the researcher! How about making a pinhole camera? These are the things you will need: a shoebox (or any similar box) blackout for a window (e.g. black card that can be taped over a window) aluminum foil (about 3 cm × 3 cm) a pin or sharp point (Be very careful when using this!) tape scissors craft knife (Be very careful when using this!) a ruler a lamp or a lit candle (Be very careful when using this!) This is the procedure for your experiment: Cut a square about 2 cm × 2 cm in the center of one side of the shoebox. Put the foil over the 2 cm square hole and tape it to the side of the shoebox. Use a pin or similar instrument to make a small hole in the foil. Your shoebox with pinhole is your pinhole camera.
Manzi/ID/BR
This is how you use the pinhole camera: First check that you get an image with your pinhole camera: Place a light source in front of the pinhole camera (see illustration). Then turn off all other lights. You should be able to see an image of the object on the opposite side of the shoebox.
Present the results of your experiment to your classmates, with the help of your physics teacher. Discuss:
3. What is the principle behind the concept of a pinhole camera? 4. Why is the image produced by this camera upside down?
crossing boundaries
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
157
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 157
5/24/16 12:06 PM
Crossing boundaries Experiments related to image production and common phenomena studied in Physics Look at the following projects. Choose one of them for an experiment. Ask your physics teacher to help you.
Project 1: Making your photos move Discover how you can make your photos move by trying this exciting experiment. Set up your digital camera on a tripod or in a secure spot near a busy street corner. If you don’t have access to a street corner, choose a fixed subject matter in a changing environment, such as a tree that catches morning and afternoon sun, or a flower that closes its petals at night. Remove any obstacles in front of your subject matter. Don’t move your camera once the project has started. Keep the flash turned off for day pictures, and turn your night mode on for pictures taken between twilight and dawn. Set a watch to go off every hour to remind you to take a photo of your subject matter. In 24 hours, you should have 24 images in succession. Upload the images into a slide show format on your computer and put it on a loop. Extend the amount of pictures in your experiment to see changes over days, weeks, or even months. Multiples/Alamy/Glow Images
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
Wiltshire, United Kingdom, 2008.
crossing boundaries
Lightening is a beautiful and frightening natural element. You can hear its boom from miles and miles away and see it light up a completely dark sky – if only for a moment. Did you know that you can create your own lightening using things that you are likely to find in your home or at the grocery store? You will be able to see and possibly hear the lightening as it’s created! Here’s how you can make your very own lightening! You will need the following: a foil pie plate a pen (ball point) a tack a sock (must be wool) Styrofoam block glue (if necessary) a cell phone with camera, if you have one notebook paper or journal
158 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 158
CG Mattos/Shutterstock.com/ID/BR
Project 2: Create lightening
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (undated photo). Não escreva no livro.
5/26/16 6:20 PM
This is the procedure for your experiment: Gather your materials on a table. Begin by placing your tack in the pie plate from the bottom up. The sharp point should be sticking out of the top of the pie plate. Place the pen in the pie plate, using the tack to anchor it. You may need to use a drop or two of glue to get the pen anchored well. If you use glue, let it dry before proceeding. After this, don’t touch the pie plate with your hands! You will not be able to conduct the experiment if you do. Take the sock and rub the block of Styrofoam quickly. This will create the negative charge you need to produce the lightening spark. Pick up the pie plate by holding on to the pen and push it down on top of the Styrofoam block so the tack is lodged into the Styrofoam and anchors it in place. Turn off the lights. If it is possible, you can film the lightening spark. Bring your hand towards the pie plate slowly, without touching it. This will complete the experiment. Observation Record each step of the experiment in your journal or on a piece of notebook paper. Be sure to describe everything in detail if you don’t have a video camera to record the experiment. Result When you bring your hand close to the pie plate, an electric spark will be created. You will see and hear it and possibly even feel it! What you have created is tiny lightening!
Project 3: Spectrum through water Create a spectrum using a beam of light passing through water to form rainbow colors on the ceiling.
Manzi/ID/BR
Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
These are the materials you will need: a shallow bowl water a mirror a flashlight This is the procedure for your experiment: Fill a shallow bowl with water. Place a mirror in the shallow bowl with water so that it is at an angle of about 30 degrees to the surface of the water. Make the room dark (turn off lights / cover windows with dark cloth or paper). Shine the flashlight on the mirror. Remember: The angle at which the mirror is placed is crucial to the formation of the spectrum on the ceiling.
Result The experiment proves that white light is composed of different colors of the spectrum, each possessing different wavelengths. Each water molecule acts as a simple prism causing the refraction of each wavelength of light at a different angle, ultimately leading to the formation of the colors of the spectrum on the surface on which the reflected beam of light falls. Adapted from . Accessed on April 15, 2016.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_CB_154A159.indd 159
crossing boundaries
Observation When a beam of light from the flashlight is shone on the mirror immersed in water, a small spectrum of rainbow colors appears on the ceiling.
159 5/23/16 12:42 PM
Audio transcripts Unit 2 - DIGITAL SECURITY Page 34 Track 3 – Let’s talk about Facebook quizzes. – Yeah, that’s fun. – Why those are bad? – Oh, okay, it’s not fun. (Laughs.) – So, everyone with a Facebook account will probably notice all these quizzes that, you know, come by your feed, through your friends, there’s a lot of these personality tests. Friend comparisons, you know, year in review… All these things, and they are all done by, you know, third parties, right? The article that I’ll link in the show now goes in a little bit more detail into this and specifically calls out one company… Miao or something? Mow that they are called? M-E-A-W-W is the name of this company. – Meaww… – Meaww, right. And they talk about some of their quizzes and digs into their privacy policy and what they really do. When you click on these links to take the quiz, they automatically… Now these are all Facebook applications that develops, and because they are Facebook applications, what they do is, they prompt you and say “By taking this quiz you are giving access to your email, your friends lists…” .You know, anything that you make public, and all these information are harvested by this third party developer and they clearly state in their privacy policy that: “Well, when you click on that link, you thereby give us this information by taking the quiz” and who knows what happens to their data after that? A lot of times, from the research that I’ve done, you know, if they have your email address, you are probably gonna see an up ticking spam. They have your name, they have your friends names… Think about all that information that can be used all because you wanted to have a little fun with your friends and, you know, do some silly comparison, right? Available at . Accessed on May 17, 2016.
Unit 5 - EXTRA! EXTRA! Page 84 Track 9 Newscast 1 The Guardian
160 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_TRANSCRICAO_160A161.indd 160
Welcome back to Film Weekly. I’m Jason Solomons. The cream of British screen acting visits the show this week. I meet actress Emily Watson to discuss her role in Stephen Spielberg’s adaptation of War Horse and Ralph Fiennes releases his directional debut – an adaptation of Shakespeare’s Coriolanus, a tale of power, war and betrayal. I discuss the challenge of starring and directing this thorny political tragedy. Myself and Guardian critic Xan Brooks will be reviewing the week’s other big releases as well as War Horse. We’ve got Michael Fassbender and Carey Mulligan in Shame and Jeremy Irons and Kevin Spacey, among others, in Margin Call. When it comes to film podcasts, it’s a one-horse race. It’s Film Weekly. Available at . Accessed on May 16, 2016.
Newscast 2 At times, it doesn’t even look like a regular soccer field. It is someone’s desperate home, not a manicured pitch, and cattle sauntered by. But the players are not regular soccer players either – they kick with the same leg they stand on. Goalies play with the only arm they have. These are the members of Haiti’s amputees soccer teams, men and women who lost limbs almost all during the earthquake in 2010. A balcony collapsed on Judith Facile: she had two choices: amputation or death. Soccer soothes her pain. Available at . Accessed on May 16, 2016.
Newscast 3 Anchor: Over in Brazil the President, Dilma Roussef, announced a 65 billion dollar plan to help stimulate the economy there centered on infrastructure. The plan offers 14,000 kilometers of its roads and railways to the private sector. Karina Huber has more. Reporter: Brazil is gearing up for a massive influx of visitors. In 2016 it will host the Olympics. Two years before that the Football World Cup. In February it privatized three of its largest airports in a bid to improve its infrastructure ahead of the arrival of all those athletes and tourists. Now President Roussef has announced Brazil will be offering concessions to roads, railways, ports and maybe some other airports to the private sector. Growth in Brazil is predicted to be under two percent this year – a big drop from its 7.5 percent rate in 2010. Part of its slowdown is due to slower global growth, but also due to weak infrastructure. International economists with a specialty in emerging markets, like Joseph Foudy, think 65 billion dollars is not enough to get Brazil’s economy back on track, but he says focusing on improving its infrastructure is a good first step. Joseph Foudy: The number one challenge that, uhm, Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 3:42 PM
Brazilian observers and international observers see is the quality of infrastructure. We really worry this is a bottleneck on GDP that when the country starts growing too fast, uhm, inflation sets in, uhm, earlier and faster in Brazil than in other countries, so anything they can do to really improve the quality of infrastructure is gonna pay big dividends down the road. Reporter: Brazil is also preparing to get rid of some taxes industries have to pay for energy. Available at . Accessed on May 16, 2016.
Track 11 At times, it doesn’t even look like a regular soccer field. It is someone’s desperate home, not a manicured pitch, and cattle saunter by. But the players are not regular soccer players either – they kick with the same leg they stand on. Goalies play with the only arm they have. These are the members of Haiti’s amputee soccer teams, men and women who lost limbs almost all during the earthquake in 2010. A balcony collapsed on Judith Facile: she had two choices: amputation or death. Soccer soothes her pain. Judith: “Now I feel like I’m alive because, before that, after I lost my leg, I didn’t have any hope for the future. Even though I was walking on crutches.” And they are a sight to behold beyond the normal bounds of balance. Team president Cedieu Fortilus says the players have changed the entire country’s attitude about the disabled. “When I see they are playing like that I’m so proud, I’m so proud I think I’m doing a good job. So I see so many people, even Haitians, even if they are crossing in the street, they take time to look at them because they are doing something very strange. Something many Haitians never see in their life.” Off their crutches they tend to blend in. Each player is fitted with a state of the art prosthetic for home use. Every centimeter of it is designed to mimic a real leg. Legs like these cost about fifty thousand dollars in the US. Here in Haiti they are free. Several private non-profit organizations in the United States fund a team and prosthetics for all Haitians who need them. “Just do it without the crutches, ha?” The team name, Zorian, is creole for Tarantula, a spider that can function without a limb. “Soccer has taught me to do a lot of things on one leg that I wasn’t used to doing before. I feel comfortable when I’m playing.” Team Zorian, showing the world not what its players Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_LA_TRANSCRICAO_160A161.indd 161
can’t do without two legs, but what they can do with just one. In Cite Soleil, Haiti, Carolyn Presutti, VOA News. Available at . Accessed on May 12, 2016.
Unit 7 - IT’S ON TV Page 112 Track 18 Reporter: What do you think the future of TV will be? Interviewee: For me, if we begin to break it down, it’s really about taking something that everybody loves, which is television, and bringing it together with the speed and power and intelligence of a computer. Reporter: Will it still be called television after all these social aspects and things are kind of integrated into what we traditionally think of as our television set? Interviewee: I think TV as a concept in consumers’ minds will continue to change and will continue to evolve. So, really, the Internet won’t kill TV at all. TV is so powerful, people love it so much, that they’ll just absorb it and just keep on moving. For us, as we move forward, when you have the Internet and that connectivity, what it means is you have personalization. And I think, as we continue to move further out, TV is gonna move off the wall. Or you’ve got smart phones, you’ve got laptops, you’ve got cars, we’re beginning to see that, like we’re beginning to see some cool little apps that are coming out to do that. And I think you’ll see more of them. Reporter: It’s safe to say television isn’t going anywhere. It’s just going to evolve like it’s been doing for the past seventy years. I’m Ellie Rountree and this has been Rocketboom tech. Available at . Accessed on May 16, 2016.
Unit 8 - YOU BROADCAST Page 129 Track 20 A simple method to make a chicken sandwich. The ingredients: four pieces of bread, one boiled chicken breast, two pieces of lettuce, some parsley for seasoning, tomato and onion slices, and a tablespoon of lemon juice. First, shred the chicken breast. Then put in the chicken onto the bread slice. Next, add the lettuce, the tomato and the onion slices. Lastly, season with the parsley and the lemon juice. Chicken sandwich is suitable as a simple healthy dinner serving.
161 5/24/16 3:42 PM
glossary A addicted: viciado(a)
endorse: aprovar, sancionar, confirmar engage: envolver-se
addiction: vício
enough: suficiente
advice: conselho
ensure: assegurar
agree: concordar
entrepreneur: empreendedor(a)
averages: médias
eyeliner: delineador de olhos
aware: consciente, informado(a) B background: histórico battle: lutar; luta, batalha beforehand: de antemão belief: crença believe: acreditar belong: pertencer beware: tomar cuidado, precaver-se bond: estabelecer vínculo; união boost: impulso, reforço border: fronteira branch: filial, ramo bright: claro(a), vivo(a), resplandecente broken down: quebrado build equity: criar redes de relacionamento burst onto: estourar C cave in: ceder à pressão
F fad: tendência, moda fear: medo, receio; temer, recear few: poucos, poucas footstep: passo, pegada former: ex, anterior fortunate: sortudo(a) G gap: lacuna guest: convidado(a) H half: metade hang around: vadiar, vagabundear hard-driving: de pulso forte, de forte condução hurt: doer, machucar I
challenge: desafio; desafiar
indeed: realmente
chart: gráfico
instead of: em vez de
cheat: colar (em prova, exame)
iron filings: limalha de ferro
close: próximo(a), íntimo(a) complaint: reclamação; reclamar confident: confiante, seguro(a) countless: incontável D deal: negócio; lidar
K keep: manter kick: chutar kill: matar L
drop: queda; cair, baixar
launched: lançado
due to: devido a
lawn mower: cortador de grama
E
led: levou, conduziu
earn: ganhar
losing touch: perdendo contato
endear: enaltecer, tornar importante
lurk: espreitar, emboscar; esconderijo
162 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 162
5/24/16 3:18 PM
M manage: gerenciar meaning: significado misquoted: citado de forma errada miss: perder, deixar escapar mold: modelo, molde; moldar, formar mourned: velado(a), em situação de luto N nowadays: hoje em dia O often: frequentemente open-minded: de mente aberta, liberal overcome: superar overnight: da noite para o dia overwhelming: irresistível P
seasonal: sazonal (que ocorre sempre numa época do ano) seek out: buscar seem: parecer set: estabelecer shortage: falta de, insuficiência sign-up sheet: ficha de inscrição skeletal list: lista resumida snack: refeição leve, pequeno lanche snatch: roubar, sequestrar sort: tipo, espécie; classificar, ordenar spark: fagulha, faísca speech: fala, discurso spent: gasto, despendido stand: permanecer, ficar stopwatch: cronômetro straight: reto(a) strength: força strict: rigoroso(a)
pay forward: pagar depois (sentido de retribuição)
surroundings: arredores
perv (abreviatura para perverted): pervertido(a)
swinging: balançando
pic (abreviatura para picture): foto
T
praise: elogiar; elogio
threat: ameaça; ameaçar
pundit: pessoa sábia, pândita
through: através de
purchase: compra; comprar, adquirir
throw: arremessar, lançar
pursue: buscar, ir atrás de
thunderstorm: tempestade (com raios e trovoadas)
push out: enviar
toward: em direção a, para
pushy: insistente, intrometido(a)
trustworthy: confiável
R realize: perceber referee: árbitro(a) de partida esportiva
try: tentar turn down: dispensar, rejeitar U
refresh: refrescar, revigorar
unlike: ao contrário, diferentemente
regardless: independentemente de
utterly: completamente
resentment: ressentimento, indignação rule: regra S
W waste: desperdiçar; perda, desperdício wave: onda
safe: seguro(a), fora de perigo
way: maneira, modo
safer: mais seguro
wildly popular: super popular
sales: vendas
wintry: algo referente ao inverno
savvy: bem informado(a), conhecedor(a)
wish: desejar; desejo
163 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 163
5/24/16 10:43 AM
LANGUAGE REFERENCE Falar sobre hábitos e verdades Use o presente simples para falar sobre situações permanentes ou verdades genéricas, e para falar sobre coisas que acontecem com frequência: Social networking sites make these connections between people visible. Nowadays we have more friends in social network rather than in real life. Com he, she e it usamos regras diferentes: Casos especiais (grafia)
Exemplos
Para a maioria dos verbos
adicione -s
But a call to a friend works just as well as a Facebook message […]. In my point of view, Internet becomes part of our life.
Para verbos que terminam em vogal + y
adicione -s
A good listener pays attention by making eye contact.
Para verbos que terminam em consoante + y
troque o y por -ies
Find an example that justifies your answer.
Para verbos que terminam em -ch, -sh ou -o
adicione -es
[…] the list goes on and on.
Formas irregulares
be > is have > has
Social networking is a major worldwide success.
Use don’t ou doesn’t seguido pelo verbo em sua forma básica para formar a negativa: Your family and friends don’t see you […]. The video doesn’t talk about the rise and decline of some social networks. Formas completas e formas contraídas I do not I don’t He does not / She does not / It does not He doesn’t / She doesn’t / It doesn’t
have to use social networks in the office.
We do not / You do not / They do not We don’t / You don’t / They don’t
Insira o verbo auxiliar do (ou does) antes do sujeito para fazer perguntas. Verbo auxiliar + Sujeito + Infinitivo do verbo principal Do
I / we / you / they
Does
he / she / it
have to use social networks in the office?
Respostas curtas Afirmativa
Negativa
I / we / you / they
do.
he / she / it
does.
Yes,
I / we / you / they
don’t. do not.
he / she / it
doesn’t. does not.
No,
164 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 164
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 10:44 AM
Falar sobre ações em progresso Use o presente contínuo para ações que estão em progresso ou acontecendo agora (hoje, neste segundo/mês/ ano/século): […] human interaction, something we are losing touch with. The simplest way to ensure you aren’t wasting time in any one place […] Is social media changing the way we communicate? Afirmativas Verbo to be + verbo na forma -ing I
am studying
He / She / It
is studying
We / You / They
are studying
Expressões de tempo now. at the moment.
English
Negativas I am not I’m not He is not / She is not / It is not He isn’t / She isn’t / It isn’t He’s not / She’s not / It’s not
wasting time in any one place […].
We are not / You are not / They are not We aren’t / You aren’t / They aren’t We’re not / You’re not / They’re not
Insira o verbo to be antes do sujeito para formar perguntas. Perguntas Verbo to be + Sujeito + Verbo na forma -ing Am
I
Is
he / she / it
Are
we / you / they
keeping regular contact with English?
Os verbos principais podem sofrer alterações para formar o presente contínuo. Ortografia
Exemplos
Para a maioria dos verbos
adicione -ing
Am I keeping regular contact […]?
Para verbos que terminam em -y
adicione -ing
I’m studying English now.
Para verbos que terminam em -e
troque o -e por -ing
We aren’t wasting time. Exceptions: be > being; see > seeing
Para verbos que terminam em consoante + vogal + consoante na sílaba tônica
repita a consoante final + -ing
We’re beginning to see some cool little apps that are coming out to do that.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 165
165 5/24/16 10:45 AM
LANGUAGE REFERENCE Use palavras WH- e coloque o verbo to be antes do sujeito para fazer perguntas. Perguntas Palavra WH- + Verbo to be + Sujeito + Verbo na forma -ing
What
am
I
is
he / she / it
are
we / you / they
doing in this picture?
Fazer recomendações e dar ordens Use o imperativo para dar dicas. Afirmativa: verbo
Negativa: don’t + verbo
Listen and Ask Questions
Don’t ask embarrassing questions.
Give a Compliment
Don’t be impolite.
Form a Study Group
Don’t complain too much.
Use o imperativo para fazer recomendações, sugestões, avisos e para dar instruções ou ordens: Use anti-virus software on your computer. Don’t accept unknown friend requests.
Falar sobre ações no passado Use os verbos na forma do passado simples para descrever fatos, ações e eventos terminados no passado. Afirmativa com a maioria dos verbos I / You / He / She / It /
And I had, like, an eating disorder in high school […].
We / You / They
She moved to L.A. from Texas to pursue her dream […].
Afirmativa com o verbo to be I / He / She / It /
All that was left was the Russian, Alexander Popoff, to create a vertical metal pole […]
We / You / They
[…] those months you lived in L.A. were kind of a disaster, right?
Use o verbo auxiliar did para fazer perguntas e negativas no passado simples. Verbo auxiliar + Sujeito + Infinitivo do verbo principal I he / she / it we / you / they
Did
invent the radio?
Respostas curtas Afirmativa Yes,
I he / she / it we / you / they
166 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 166
Negativa did.
No,
I he / she / it we / you / they
did not. didn’t.
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 5:40 PM
Adicione n’t ou not ao verbo auxiliar did para formar a negativa: [...] they didn't allow us to use their kitchen. Formas completas e formas contraídas I He / She / It We / You / They
did not didn’t
invent the radio alone.
Nota: O verbo principal permanece na sua forma básica na negativa. Adicione n’t ou not às formas do verbo to be (was e were) para formar a negativa. Formas completas e formas contraídas I was not / He was not / She was not / It was not I wasn’t / He wasn’t / She wasn’t / It wasn’t
a big radio fan.
We were not / You were not / They were not We weren’t / You weren’t / They weren’t
big radio fans.
Use palavras WH- para fazer perguntas. Palavra WH- como objeto de questão Palavra WH-
Verbo auxiliar (was/were ou did)
Sujeito
Verbo principal
How
did
the radio
originate?
Where
was
Guglielmo Marconi
born?
When
were
the first formulas
created?
Palavra WH- como sujeito da sentença Palavra WH-
Verbo principal
Complemento
Who
created
the name “coherer”?
What
was constructed
in 1888?
Nota: As formas verbais was e were devem concordar com o sujeito. Use o sufixo -ed para formar o passado simples de verbos regulares. Formação de palavras
Exemplos
Para a maioria dos verbos
adicione -ed
Guglielmo Marconi discovered that radio waves travel through an obstacle.
Para verbos que terminam em e
adicione -d
James Maxwell created the first radio-wave formula.
Para verbos que terminam em consoante + y
troque o y por -ied
I studied about the invention of the radio with interest.
Nota: verbos irregulares possuem formas especiais. Confira uma lista desses verbos no final desta seção.
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 167
167 5/23/16 12:24 PM
LANGUAGE REFERENCE Falar sobre experiências em um tempo indefinido no passado Use o presente perfeito para falar sobre experiências que ocorreram em um tempo indefinido no passado ou eventos no passado com consequências no presente. Formas completas e formas contraídas Verbo to have + Particípio passado do verbo principal I have / We have / You have / They have I’ve / We’ve / You’ve / They’ve
used social networks a lot lately.
He has / She has / It has He’s / She’s / It’s
Nota: O particípio passado de verbos regulares é formado adicionando-se o sufixo –ed; por exemplo, used. Verbos irregulares possuem formas especiais; por exemplo, seen. Confira o quadro com verbos irregulares no final desta seção. Adicione n’t ao verbo auxiliar have ou use-o seguido de not para formar a negativa. Negativas Verbo to have + not + Particípio passado do verbo principal I / We / You / They
haven’t
He / She / It
hasn’t
used social networks a lot lately.
Insira o verbo to have antes do sujeito para fazer perguntas. Perguntas Verbo to have + Sujeito + Particípio Passado do verbo principal Have
I / we / you / they
Has
he / she / it
used social networks a lot lately?
Use ever para perguntar sobre uma experiência prévia ocorrida em qualquer momento do passado: Have you ever left a message on a friend’s cell phone? Has he ever used a tablet? Respostas curtas Afirmativa
Negativa
I / we / you / they
have.
he / she / it
has.
Yes,
I / we / you / they
have not. haven’t.
he / she / it
has not. hasn’t.
No,
Use never, already, just e yet para responder perguntas que estão no presente perfeito: I have never used the new tablet. (A ação não aconteceu em nenhum momento.) I’ve already used the new tablet. (A ação aconteceu previamente.) I’ve just used the new tablet. (A ação aconteceu recentemente.) I haven’t used the new tablet yet. (A ação ainda não aconteceu.)
168 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 168
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 3:21 PM
Nota 1: O advérbio never é usado em sentenças afirmativas, enquanto yet é usado no final de sentenças negativas. Nota 2: Os advérbios already e yet podem ser usados como sinônimos em perguntas. Have you texted your friend about the party yet? (Are you done? I’m waiting.) Have you already texted your friend about the party? (So fast. I’m shocked!) Use for ou since para falar sobre eventos ou estados que começaram no passado e ainda permanecem agora. Delicious [ the website] has been available for several years. (Foco no período de tempo) Wikipedia has been available since 2001. (Foco no início do evento)
Falar sobre ações em progresso no passado Use o passado contínuo para falar sobre uma atividade que estava em progresso ou fornecer o pano de fundo de uma narrativa no passado. […] because I was texting my friends and checking my e-mail. (Atividade em progresso) I was doing the challenge so I made myself a sandwich and went back to work. (Acontecimento paralelo) Afirmativas Verbo to be + Verbo na forma -ing I / He / She / It
was
We / You / They
were
texting some friends and checking e-mails.
Adicione n’t às formas de passado do verbo to be ou use essas formas seguidas por not para fazer a negativa. Formas completas e formas contraídas I was not / He was not / She was not / It was not I wasn’t / He wasn’t / She wasn’t / It wasn’t
texting friends or checking e-mails.
We were not / You were not / They were not We weren’t / You weren’t / They weren’t
Use palavras WH- e insira o verbo to be antes do sujeito para fazer perguntas. Perguntas Palavra WH- + Verbo to be + Sujeito + Verbo na forma -ing What
was
I / he / she / it
were
we / you / they
doing
when the teacher arrived in class? yesterday at 7 pm?
Use when ou before para falar sobre uma ação completa que interrompeu a ação em progresso no passado. When I met my best friend, I was playing soccer with neighbors. We were talking noisily before the teacher arrived in class. Nota: Quando a sentença começa com um advérbio, colocamos uma vírgula após o advérbio. Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 169
169 5/24/16 10:46 AM
LANGUAGE REFERENCE Distinguir fatos de opiniões Use verbos estativos para expressar opiniões, estados duradouros. Veja alguns exemplos: agree, believe, dislike, doubt, guess, know, imagine, like, love, realize, remember, think (= have an opinion), understand
I think that it’s a mistake to substitute modern languages for an ancient universal one […] I agree with Natascia L. Nota: Verbos estativos são diferentes de verbos dinâmicos, que normalmente descrevem ações: eles geralmente não são usados na forma contínua. Não é considerado padrão, por exemplo, perguntar “Are you understanding this topic?”.
Falar sobre eventos futuros Use o futuro simples para falar sobre eventos futuros, expressar decisões, consequências, previsões e promessas. Afirmativas Will + Infinitivo do verbo principal I / He / She / It We / You / They
will change
the nature of global media.
Adicione not ao verbo auxiliar, ou altere a sua ortografia adicionando n’t, para formar a negativa (will not ou won’t). Formas completas e contraídas will not won’t
I / He / She / It We / You / They
change the nature of global media.
Insira o auxiliar will antes do sujeito para fazer perguntas. Perguntas Will + Sujeito + Infinitivo do verbo principal Will
I / he / she / it we / you / they
change the nature of global media?
Respostas curtas Afirmativa I he / she / it we / you / they
Yes,
Negativa will.
No,
I he / she / it we / you / they
will not. won’t.
Adicione palavras WH- antes do auxiliar will para fazer outros tipos de perguntas. Perguntas Palavra WH- + will + Sujeito + Infinitivo do verbo principal What
170 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 170
will
I / he / she / it we / you / they
do in the future?
Não escreva no livro.
5/24/16 10:47 AM
Conectar ideias Use palavras de ligação para conectar ideias dentro de um parágrafo e entre parágrafos. Ideias
Palavras de ligação
adição
in addition, moreover, besides, as well as, and, also
contraste
however, nevertheless, even though, while, but, yet, although
comparação
similarly, in the same way/manner, likewise
ênfase
in fact, indeed
exemplificação
for example, such as
exceção
aside from, except (for)
explicar razão
since, because, because of, due to, as
resultado
thus, therefore, then
sequência
first, second, next, then, after that, lastly, finally
resumo
in conclusion, finally, in brief
condição
if, whether
simultaneidade
while, as
Formar palavras Adicione sufixos às palavras para criar novos significados. Formação de palavras Sufixo
Significado
Exemplos
-ance
(substantivo) caracterizado por (verbo) caracterizar
performance finance
-ist
(substantivo) pessoa envolvida com
tourist
-ment
(substantivo) ação, condição, resultado
empowerment
-ism
(substantivo) ação ou prática
tourism
-tion
(substantivo abstrato) ação, processo de
classification
-ed
(adjetivo) resultar qualidade ou estado
empowered (with power)
-ing
(adjetivo) atributos contínuos
empowering (that gives power)
-al
(adjetivo) ter o caráter de
financial
-ive
(adjetivo) tendência, disposição, condição
informative
-ate
(verbo) ação
donate
-ify
(verbo) fazer, tornar-se, fazer mudar
classify
Use advérbios de modo para falar sobre como algo acontece (verbo) ou é (adjetivo). Adjetivo + -ly
Exemplos
continually modifica o verbo post
[…] you have to be willing to […] continually post new content on Facebook and YouTube.
relatively modifica os adjetivos easy e efficient
YouTube is still a relatively easy and efficient way to discover the next big star […]
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 171
171 5/24/16 11:44 AM
LANGUAGE REFERENCE Verbos irregulares Forma base
Passado simples
Particípio passado
Tradução
arise /əˈraɪz/
arouse /əˈroʊz/
arisen /əˈrɪz ən/
levantar(-se); surgir; originar(-se)
be /bi/
was /wʌz/, were /wɜr/
been /bɪn/
ser, estar
bear /bɛər/
bore /bɔr/
born, borne /bɔrn/
carregar; espalhar; exibir, ostentar
beat /bit/
beat /bit/
beaten /ˈbit n/
bater
become /bɪˈkʌm/
became /bɪˈkeɪm/
become /bɪˈkʌm/
tornar-se
begin /bɪˈgɪn/
began /bɪˈgæn/
begun /bɪˈgʌn/
começar
bend /bɛnd/
bent /bɛnt/
bent /bɛnt/
inclinar-se, curvar-se
bet / bɛt/
bet /bɛt/
bet /bɛt/
apostar
bid /bɪd/
bid /bɪd/, bade /bæd/
bid /bɪd/, bidden /ˈbɪd n/
mandar; declarar; fazer um lance
bind /baɪnd/
bound /baʊnd/
bound /baʊnd/
ligar, unir
bite /baɪt/
bit /bɪt/
bitten /ˈbɪt n/
picar
blow /bloʊ/
blew /blu/
blown /bloʊn/
soprar; florescer; espalhar
break /breɪk/
broke /broʊk/
broken /ˈbroʊ kən/
quebrar, partir
breed /brid/
bred /brɛd/
bred /brɛd/
produzir; dar cria, procriar
bring /brɪŋ/
brought /brɔt/
brought /brɔt/
trazer; produzir; levar
broadcast /ˈbrɔdˌkæst/
broadcast /ˈbrɔdˌkæst/
broadcast /ˈbrɔdˌkæst/
transmitir por rádio ou TV; espalhar
build /bɪld/
built /bɪlt/
built /bɪlt/
construir; montar
burst /bɜrst/
burst /bɜrst/
burst /bɜrst/
rebentar, estourar
buy /baɪ/
bought /bɔt/
bought /bɔt/
comprar
cast /kæst/
cast /kæst/
cast /kæst/
lançar; emitir
catch /kætʃ/
caught /kɔt/
caught /kɔt/
pegar; capturar
choose /tʃuz/
chose /tʃoʊz/
chosen /ˈtʃoʊ zən/
escolher
come /kʌm/
came /keɪm/
come /kʌm/
vir
cost /kɔst/
cost /kɔst/
cost /kɔst/
custar
cut /kʌt/
cut /kʌt/
cut /kʌt/
cortar
deal /dil/
dealt /dɛlt/
dealt /dɛlt/
lidar
dig /dɪg/
dug /dʌg/
dug /dʌg/
cavar, furar; indagar
do /du/
did /dɪd/
done /dʌn/
fazer
draw /drɔ/
drew /dru/
drawn /drɔn/
desenhar; puxar; traçar
drink /drɪŋk/
drank /dræŋk/
drunk /drʌŋk/
beber
drive /draɪv/
drove /droʊv/
driven /ˈdrɪv ən/
deixar; levar a; dirigir; pôr em movimento
eat /it/
ate /eɪt/
eaten /ˈit n/
comer
fall /fɔl/
fell /fɛl/
fallen /ˈfɔ lən/
cair
feed /fid/
fed /fɛd/
fed /fɛd/
alimentar(-se)
feel /fil/
felt /fɛlt/
felt /fɛlt/
sentir
fight /faɪt/
fought /fɔt/
fought /fɔt/
brigar, lutar; combater
find /faɪnd/
found /faʊnd/
found /faʊnd/
achar; julgar; encontrar; procurar
fit /fɪt/
fit /fɪt/
fit /fɪt/
encaixar; ajustar
flee /fli/
fled /flɛd/
fled /flɛd/
fugir
forecast /ˈfɔrˌkæst/
forecast /ˈfɔrˌkæst/
prever; projetar
forget /fərˈgɛt/
forgot /fərˈgɒt/
forgive /fərˈgɪv/
forgave /fərˈgeɪv/
forecast /ˈfɔrˌkæst/ forgotten /fərˈgɒt n/, forgot forgiven /fərˈgɪv ən/
esquecer perdoar
fly /flaɪ/
flew /flu/
flown /floʊn/
voar
freeze /friz/
froze /froʊz/
froze /ˈfroʊ zən/
congelar
172 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 172
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 12:24 PM
Verbos irregulares Forma base
Passado simples
Particípio passado
Tradução
got /gɒt/
got, gotten /ˈgɒt n/
give /gɪv/
gave /geɪv/
given /ˈgɪ vən/
conseguir; receber; entender; ficar; pegar, contrair dar
go /goʊ/
went /wɛnt/
gone /gɒn/
ir
grow /groʊ/
grew /gru/
grown /groʊn/
crescer; criar; ficar cada vez mais; cultivar
hang /hæŋ/
hung /hʌŋ/
hung /hʌŋ/
dependurar; ficar
get /gɛt/
have /hæv/
had /hæd/
had /hæd/
ter
hear /hɪər/
heard /hɜrd/
heard /hɜrd/
ouvir, escutar
hide /haɪd/
hid /hɪd/
hidden /ˈhɪd n/
esconder(-se)
hit /hɪt/
hit /hɪt/
hit /hɪt/
atingir; chegar a
hold /hoʊld/
held /hɛld/
held /hɛld/
sediar; reunir; segurar
hurt /hɜrt/
hurt /hɜrt/
hurt /hɜrt/
machucar, ferir; causar prejuízo, doer
keep /kip/
kept /kɛpt/
kept /kɛpt/
manter; permanecer
know /noʊ/
knew /nyu/
known /noʊn/
conhecer; saber
lay /leɪ/
laid /leɪd/
laid /leɪd/
pôr; estender
lead /lid/
led /lɛd/
led /lɛd/
conduzir, levar
learn /lɜrn/
learnt /lɜrnt/
learnt /lɜrnt/
aprender; ficar sabendo, descobrir
leave /liv/
left /lɛft/
left /lɛft/
partir; sair; sobrar
lend /lɛnd/
lent /lɛnt/
lent /lɛnt/
emprestar
let /lɛt/
let /lɛt/
let /lɛt/
fazer com que; deixar
lie /laɪ/
lay /leɪ/
lain / leɪn/
jazer, estar deitado(a)
light /laɪt/
lit /lɪt/
lit /lɪt/
iluminar; acender
lose /luz/
lost /lɔst/
lost /lɔst/
perder
make /meɪk/
made /meɪd/
made /meɪd/
fazer
mean /min/
meant /mɛnt/
meant /mɛnt/
querer dizer; significar
meet /mit/
met /mɛt/
met /mɛt/
conhecer; encontrar
overcome /ˌoʊvərˈkʌm/
overcame /ˌoʊvərˈkeɪm/
overcome /ˌoʊvərˈkʌm/
superar
pay /peɪ/
paid /peɪd/
paid /peɪd/
pagar; prestar
put /pʊt/
put /pʊt/
put /pʊt/
pôr, colocar
quit /kwɪt/
quit /kwɪt/
quit /kwɪt/
renunciar, abandonar, desistir, deixar
read /rid/
read /rɛd/
read /rɛd/
ler
rid /rɪd/
rid /rɪd/
rid /rɪd/
livrar-se
ride /raɪd/
rode /roʊd/
ridden /ˈrɪd n/
cavalgar; andar de
ring /rɪŋ/
rang /ræŋ/
rung /rʌŋ/
rise /raɪz/
rose /roʊz/
risen /ˈrɪz ən/
run /rʌn/
ran /ræn/
run /rʌn/
say /seɪ/
said /sɛd/
said /sɛd/
tocar (campainha, telefone) levantar, sair da cama; subir; tornar-se audível correr; dirigir, administrar; ter a duração de; executar (programa) dizer
see /si/
saw /sɔ/
seen /sin/
ver
seek /sik/
sought /sɔt/
sought /sɔt/
buscar; aspirar; empenhar-se
sell /sɛl/
sold /soʊld/
sold /soʊld/
vender
send /sɛnd/
sent /sɛnt/
sent /sɛnt/
enviar
set /sɛt/
set /sɛt/
set /sɛt/
estabelecer; passar-se; ter lugar
sew /soʊ/
sewed /soʊd/
sewn /soʊn/, sewed
costurar
shake /ʃeɪk/
shook /ʃʊk/
shaken /ˈʃeɪkən/
sacudir, agitar
Não escreva no livro.
AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 173
173 5/23/16 12:24 PM
LANGUAGE REFERENCE Verbos irregulares Forma base
Passado simples
Particípio passado
Tradução
shine /ʃaɪn/
shone /ʃoʊn/
shone /ʃoʊn/
shoot /ʃut/
shot /ʃɒt/
shot /ʃɒt/
show /ʃoʊ/
showed /ʃoʊd/
shown /ʃoʊn/
brilhar; refletir luz filmar; percorrer em grande velocidade; dizer logo mostrar, apresentar
shut /ʃʌt/
shut /ʃʌt/
shut /ʃʌt/
fechar
sing /sɪŋ/
sang /sæŋ/
sung /sʌŋ/
cantar
sink /sɪŋk/
sank /sæŋk/, sunk /sʌŋk/
sunk /sʌŋk/
descer; afundar; decair
sit /sɪt/
sat /sæt/
sat /sæt/
sentar-se; deixar por um tempo
sleep /slip/
slept /slɛpt/
slept /slɛpt/
dormir
slide /slaɪd/
slid /slɪd/
slidden /ˈslɪd n/, slid
deslizar
speak /spik/
spoke /spoʊk/
spoken /ˈspoʊ kən/
falar
spend /spɛnd/
spent /spɛnt/
spent /spɛnt/
passar (tempo); gastar
spill /spɪl/
spilt /spɪlt/
spilt /spɪlt/
derramar
spin /spɪn/
spun /spʌn/
spun /spʌn/
girar; torcer
split /splɪt/
split /splɪt/
split /splɪt/
rachar; separar(-se); dividir
spread /sprɛd/
spread /sprɛd/
spread /sprɛd/
espalhar; estender
spring /sprɪŋ/
sprang /spræŋ/
sprung /sprʌŋ/
stand /stænd/
stood /stʊd/
stood /stʊd/
steal /stil/
stole /stoʊl/
stolen /ˈstoʊ lən/
surgir aturar, suportar; estar de pé; estar; encontrar-se; ser; ocupar certo lugar roubar
stick /stɪk/
stuck /stʌk/
stuck /stʌk/
grudar
sting /stɪŋ/
stung /stʌŋ/
stung /stʌŋ/
picar, ferroar; doer; ferir
strike /straɪk/
struck /strʌk/
struck /strʌk/
impressionar; abater
swear /swɛər/
swore /swɔr/
sworn /swɔrn/
jurar, prometer; xingar, praguejar
sweep /swip/
swept /swɛpt/
swept /swɛpt/
passar rapidamente; varrer
swim /swɪm/
swam /swæm/
swum /swʌm/
nadar
swing /swɪŋ/
swung /swʌŋ/
swung /swʌŋ/
take /teɪk/
took /tʊk/
taken /ˈteɪ kən/
teach /titʃ/
taught /tɔt/
taught /tɔt/
balançar agarrar; levar; fazer (aula); tomar, assumir; pegar ensinar
tear /tɛər/
tore /tɔr/
torn /tɔrn/
rasgar; dividir
tell /tɛl/
told /toʊld/
told /toʊld/
contar; dizer
think /θɪŋk/
thought /θɔt/
thought /θɔt/
achar; pensar
throw /θroʊ/ understand /ˌʌn dərˈstænd/ upset /ʌpˈsɛt/
threw /θru/ understood /ˌʌn dərˈstʊd/ upset /ʌpˈsɛt/
thrown /θroʊn/ understood /ˌʌn dərˈstʊd/ upset /ʌpˈsɛt/
atirar, jogar
desarranjar; perturbar; impedir
wake /weɪk/
woke /woʊk/
woken /ˈwoʊ kən/
acordar
wear /wɛər/
wore /wɔr/
worn /wɔrn/
usar; vestir; gastar (pelo uso)
win /wɪn/
won /wʌn/
won /wʌn/
ganhar, vencer
entender
wind /waɪnd/
wound /waʊnd/
wound /waʊnd/
enrolar
withdraw /wɪðˈdrɔ/
withdrew /wɪðˈdru/
withdrawn /wɪðˈdrɔn/
retirar(-se); afastar(-se); sacar
write /raɪ t/
wrote /roʊt/
written /ˈrɪt n/
escrever
174 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 174
Não escreva no livro.
5/23/16 12:24 PM
Recommended bibliography for students Azar, B. S.; Hagen, S. A. Basic English Grammar. New York: Pearson; Longman, 2006. Bromberg, M.; Gordon, M. Barron’s 1100 Words You Need to Know. Hauupauge, UK: Barron’s Educational Series, 1997. Cambridge Advanced Learner's Dictionary (with CD-ROM). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008. Carter, R.; Hughes, R.; McCarthy, M. Exploring Grammar in Context: Upper-Intermediate and Advanced. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2000. Collins Cobuild Dictionary of Idioms. London: Harper Collins, 1995. Dicionário Oxford escolar para estudantes brasileiros de inglês: Português-Inglês/Inglês-Português. São Paulo: Oxford do Brasil, 2010. Green, J. Cassell Dictionary of Slang. London: Cassell, 2006. Hughes, R. Exploring Grammar in Writing: Upper-Intermediate and Advanced. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005. Kernerman, L. Password: English Dictionary for Speakers of Portuguese. São Paulo: Martins Fontes, 2010. Lighter, J. E. (Ed.). Random House Historical Dictionary of American Slang. New York: Random House, 1994-97. v. 1, 2. Marques, A. Dicionário de Inglês/Português Português/Inglês. São Paulo: Ática, 2004. McCarthy, M.; O'Dell, F. English Vocabulary in Use (Upper-Intermediate). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010. Murphy, R. English Grammar in Use. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Nettle, M.; Hopkins, D. Developing Grammar in Context Intermediate with Answers: Grammar Reference and Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003. Parkinson, D. (Ed.). Oxford Phrasal Verbs Dictionary for Learners of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005. Swan, Michael. Practical English Usage. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005.
literature Atwood, M. The Edible Woman. Piscataway, NJ: Research & Education Association, 2000. Austen, J. Pride and Prejudice. London: Collector’s Library, CRW Publishing, 2003. Brontë, E. Wuthering Heights. New York: The Modern Library, 1950. Drabble, M. The Milestone. Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England: Penguin Books, 1980. Hemingway, E. The Old Man and the Sea. New York: Bantam Books, 1965. Joyce, J. Dubliners. Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England: Penguin Books, 1986.
175 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 175
5/23/16 5:43 PM
bibliography Abreu-Tardelli, L. S.; Cristovão, V. L. L. (Org.). Linguagem e educação: o ensino e a aprendizagem de gêneros textuais. Campinas: Mercado de Letras, 2009. Bazerman, C. Gênero, agência e escrita. Trad. e adap. Judith Chambliss Hoffnagel. São Paulo: Cortez, 2006. Borges, E. F. V.; Paiva, V. L. M. O. Por uma abordagem complexa de ensino de línguas. Linguagem & Ensino, Pelotas, v. 14, n. 2, p. 337-56, jul./dez. 2011. Brasil. Ensino médio inovador. Brasília: MEC/SEB, 2009. Disponível em: . Acesso em: 15 abr. 2016. ________. Lei n. 9.394, de 20 de dezembro de 1996. Lex: Leis de Diretrizes e Bases da Educação Brasileira (LDB). Brasília, 1996. ________. Orientações curriculares para o ensino médio. Linguagens, códigos e suas tecnologias. Brasília: MEC/SEB, 2006. v. 1. Cope, B.; Kalantzis, M. Multiliteracies: The beginning of an idea. In: Cope, B.; Kalantzis, M. (Ed.). Multiliteracies: Literacy learning and the design of social futures. London: Routledge, 2000. p. 3-8. Cristovão, V. L. L.; Nascimento, E. L. (Org.). Gêneros textuais: teoria e prática II. Palmas, União da Vitória: Kayguangue, 2005. Larsen-Freeman, D. Chaos/Complexity science and second language acquisition. Applied Linguistics, v. 18, n. 2, p. 141-65, 1997. Marcuschi, L. A. Produção textual, análise de gêneros e compreensão. São Paulo: Parábola Editorial, 2008. Miller, C. R. Rhetorical community: the cultural basis of genre. In: Freedman, A.; Medway, P. (Ed.). Genre and the New Rhetoric. London: Taylor and Francis, 1994. p. 23-42. Novak, J. D.; Gowin, D. B. Learning How to Learn. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1984. Paiva, V. L. M. O. As habilidades orais nas narrativas de aprendizagem. Trabalhos em Linguística Aplicada, v. 46, n. 2, p. 165-179, 2007. __________. Como o sujeito vê a aquisição de segunda língua. In: Cortina, A.; Nasser, S. M. G. C. Sujeito e linguagem. São Paulo: Cultura Acadêmica, 2009. __________. Modelo fractal de aquisição de línguas. In: Bruno, F. C. (Org.). Reflexão e Prática em ensino/aprendizagem de língua estrangeira. São Paulo: Clara Luz, 2005. p. 23-36. Paltridge, B. Genre and the Language Learning Classroom. Ann Arbor, MI: The University of Michigan Press, 2004. Raimes, A. Techniques in Teaching Writing. New York, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1983. Richards, J.; Platt, J.; Weber, H. Longman Dictionary of Applied Linguistics. Hong Kong: Longman, 1985. Saussure, F. Curso de linguística geral. Trad. Antônio Chelini, José Paulo Paes e Izidoro Blikstein. São Paulo: Cultrix, 1995. Silva, T. C. Pronúncia do inglês: para falantes do português brasileiro: os sons. Belo Horizonte: FALE/UFMG, 2005. Zimmer, M.; Silveira, R.; Alves, U. K. Pronunciation Instruction for Brazilians: Bringing theory and practice together. New Castle upon Tyne, UK: Cambridge Scholars Publishing, 2009.
176 AH2_PNLD2018_EM_ING_UM_FINAIS_162a176.indd 176
5/23/16 12:24 PM
1
ALIVE_HIGH_2_PNLD2018_CAPA_INSCRICAO.indd 2
5
9
2
1
8
5/12/16 7:51 PM